Search Images Maps Play YouTube News Gmail Drive More »
Sign in
Screen reader users: click this link for accessible mode. Accessible mode has the same essential features but works better with your reader.

Patents

  1. Advanced Patent Search
Publication numberCN100347730 C
Publication typeGrant
Application numberCN 00814414
PCT numberPCT/AU2000/001109
Publication date7 Nov 2007
Filing date15 Sep 2000
Priority date17 Sep 1999
Also published asCA2384449A1, CA2384449C, CA2384460A1, CA2384460C, CA2384464A1, CA2384464C, CN1379870A, CN1379888A, CN1379889A, CN100347729C, CN100430872C, DE60045253D1, DE60045482D1, EP1218816A1, EP1218816A4, EP1218816B1, EP1226548A1, EP1226548A4, EP1226548B1, EP1234276A1, EP1234276A4, EP1234276B1, US6609653, US6644545, US6651879, US6679420, US6720985, US6963845, US7404144, US7646503, US7952743, US20030102370, US20030150910, US20040169682, US20050160099, US20050165621, US20050234737, US20050278260, US20060007490, US20080236758, US20090024918, US20100099459, WO2001022208A1, WO2001022357A1, WO2001022358A1
Publication number00814414.1, CN 00814414, CN 100347730 C, CN 100347730C, CN-C-100347730, CN00814414, CN00814414.1, CN100347730 C, CN100347730C, PCT/2000/1109, PCT/AU/0/001109, PCT/AU/0/01109, PCT/AU/2000/001109, PCT/AU/2000/01109, PCT/AU0/001109, PCT/AU0/01109, PCT/AU0001109, PCT/AU001109, PCT/AU2000/001109, PCT/AU2000/01109, PCT/AU2000001109, PCT/AU200001109
Inventors保罗拉普斯顿, 卡西尔弗布鲁克
Applicant西尔弗布鲁克研究股份有限公司
Export CitationBiBTeX, EndNote, RefMan
External Links: SIPO, Espacenet
Business card as electronic mail token
CN 100347730 C
Abstract  translated from Chinese
本发明提供了使一第一用户使用一第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的一个方法,这个名片包括这个名片的身份和表示这个名片的至少一个参考点的编码数据,这个方法包括步骤:在一个计算机系统中,从一个传感器设备接收与这个名片的身份相关的数据和与这个传感器设备相对这个名片的位置相关的指示数据,当这个传感器设备被放置在相对于这个名片的一个可操作位置时,使用这个编码数据中至少部分数据来探测指示数据;在这个计算机系统中,从这个指示数据中识别出记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求;和在可以被第一用户能够访问的一个位置处的这个计算机系统中,记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 The present invention provides a first user to make use of a business card of a second user of a second method of an e-mail address of the user to record in a computer system, the identity of the business card including the business card and information indicating at least one of the business cards the encoded data of the reference point, the method comprising the steps of: a computer system, the data received from the identity of a sensor device associated with the card and with the sensor device relative to this card instruction data related to a position, when the sensor device is a request in this computer system, indicating data from the record identified in the second user's email address; and placed in an operative position with respect to the card when using this encoded data to detect at least part of the data indicates that the data ; and in the computer system at a location can be the first user to access the records of the second user's e-mail address.
Claims(16)  translated from Chinese
1.一种使第一用户使用第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的方法,这个名片包括这个名片的身份标识和表示这个名片的至少一个参考点的编码数据,这个方法包括步骤:在一个计算机系统中,从一个传感器设备接收与这个名片的身份标识相关的和与这个传感器设备相对这个名片的位置相关的表示数据,当这个传感器设备被放置在相对于这个名片的一个可操作位置时,使用这个编码数据中至少部分数据来探测该表示数据;在这个计算机系统中,从这个表示数据中识别出记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求;和在这个计算机系统中第一用户能够访问的一个位置处,记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 A first user uses a card of the second process of the second user's e-mail address of a user to record in a computer system, the business card including the business card identity card and indicates that the at least one reference point encoded data, the method comprising the steps of: a computer system, receiving from a sensor device with the card and the identity associated with the sensor device indicates the relative data related to the position of the card, when the sensor device is placed an operable position relative to the business card, to use this data at least part of the encoded data to detect the data representing; in this computer system, the data from the identified record indicates the second user's e-mail address of a request; and a location in the computer system of the first users to access and record the second user's e-mail address.
2.如权利要求1的方法,其中记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的所述请求与这个名片的至少一个区域相关。 2. The method as claimed in claim 1, wherein the recording of the second user's e-mail address associated with the request and at least one zone of the business card.
3.如权利要求2的方法,包括:在这个计算机系统中,接收与这个传感器设备相对于这个名片的移动相关的数据,这个传感器设备使用至少部分编码数据来探测它相对这个名片的移动。 The method of claim 2, comprising: in this computer system, the receiving device and the sensor to move relative to the card-related data, the sensor device used to detect at least a portion of the encoded data which move relative to this business card.
4.如权利要求1-3中任一个的方法,它包括根据需要来打印名片。 4. The method as claimed in any one of claims 1-3, which comprises as needed to print the business card.
5.如权利要求4的方法,包括在一个表面定义装置的表面上打印名片,并且在打印名片的同时,也在这个表面上打印编码数据。 5. The method of claim 4, comprising printing on a surface of a surface defining means card, and printing business cards, it is also coded on the surface of the print data.
6.如权利要求1-3中任一个的方法,其中该编码数据基本上不能够被人的肉眼所看见。 The method of any one of claims 1-3 6., wherein the coded data is substantially not able to be seen unaided human eye.
7.如权利要求1的方法,包括保存所产生的每一个名片的一个可检索记录,并且这个名片可以使用包括在其编码数据中的其身份标识而被检索。 7. The method of claim 1, comprising a card for each of the generated stored a searchable record, and this card may be used include in its coded data whose identity is retrieved.
8.如权利要求1的方法,其中这个传感器设备包括一个识别装置,该识别装置用于将一个唯一的身份标识给予这个传感器设备,并且将它标识为属于一个特定的第一用户,并且其中这个方法包括在这个计算机系统中监视所述身份标识。 8. The method of claim 1 wherein the claim, wherein the sensor device comprises an identification means, the means for identifying a unique identity given to the sensor device, and identifies it as belonging to a particular first user, and The method comprises monitoring the identity in the computer system.
9.一种使第一用户使用第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的系统,这个名片包括表示这个名片的身份标识和表示这个名片的至少一个参考点的编码数据,这个系统包括:一个计算机系统,用于从一个传感器设备接收表示数据以识别记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求,这个表示数据是表示与这个名片的身份标识和表示这个传感器设备相对这个名片的位置,当这个传感器设备被放置在相对于这个名片的一个可操作位置时,其使用这个编码数据中至少部分数据来探测该表示数据,这个计算机系统被构造成在第一用户能够访问的一个位置处,记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 A first user uses a card system to record the second user of the second user in an e-mail address of a computer system, the business card including the business card showing the identity card and indicates that the at least one reference encoded data points, the system comprising: a computer system, indicating data from a sensor device receives a request to identify the record of the second user's e-mail address, this indicates that the data is represented with the identity card and indicates that the The sensor device position relative to this card, when the sensor device is placed in an operative position with respect to the card when using this encoded data to detect at least part of the data representing data, the computer system is configured in a first a location that users can access and record the second user's e-mail address.
10.如权利要求9的系统,其中记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的所述请求与这个名片的至少一个区域相关。 10. The system of claim 9, wherein the recording of the second user's e-mail address associated with the request and at least one zone of the business card.
11.如权利要求9的系统,它包括这个传感器设备,其中这个传感器设备使用至少部分编码数据来探测它相对这个名片的移动。 11. The system of claim 9, which includes the sensor device, wherein the sensor device used to detect at least a portion of the encoded data which move relative to this business card.
12.如权利要求9-11中任何一个的系统,其中这个传感器设备包括一个标记笔尖。 12. The system of any of 9-11 claims, wherein the sensor device comprises a marking tip.
13.如权利要求9-11中任何一个的系统,其中这个传感器设备包括一个识别装置,该识别装置用于将一个唯一的身份标识给予这个传感器设备,并且将它标识为与一个特定的第一用户相关。 13. The system of any of 9-11 claims, wherein the sensor device comprises an identification means, the means for identifying a unique identity given to the sensor device, and the identification is associated with a specific first it user-related.
14.如权利要求9-11中任何一个的系统,其中这个名片被打印在一个表面定义装置的一个表面上,并且其中这个系统包括用于根据需要来打印这个名片的一个打印机。 14. The system of any of 9-11 claims, wherein the business card is printed on one surface of a surface defining means, and wherein the system comprises a printer for printing according to the needs of the business card.
15.如权利要求14的系统,其中这个打印机在将名片打印在所述表面上的同时打印编码数据。 15. The system of claim 14, wherein the printer will be printed on the surface of the card simultaneously print the coded data.
16.如权利要求9-11中任何一个的系统,其中该编码数据对人的肉眼来说是不可见的。 16. The system of any of 9-11 claims, wherein the encoded data of the human eye is not visible.
Description  translated from Chinese
作为电子邮件令牌的名片 As a token card email

技术领域 FIELD

本发明一般涉及与计算机进行交互式通信的方法,系统和装置。 The present invention relates generally to interactive communication with the computer a method, system and apparatus. 更特别地,本发明涉及使用一个交互式名片来进行的这样一个交互式通信。 More particularly, the present invention relates to the use of an interactive card for such an interactive communication.

共同待审专利申请在下面共同待审的专利申请中公开了与本发明相关的各种方法,系统与装置,这些共同待审的专利申请是本发明的申请人或者受让人与本发明申请同时申请的:PCT/AU00/01108,PCT/AU00/01110和PCT/AU00/01111。 Co-pending patent applications in the following co-pending patent application discloses the invention related to a variety of methods, systems and devices, these co-pending patent application is an application of the applicant or assignee of the present invention, the present invention At the same time the application: PCT / AU00 / 01108, PCT / AU00 / 01110 and PCT / AU00 / 01111.

这些共同待审的专利申请的公开内容在这里被用作交叉参考。 These co-pending patent application disclosure is hereby incorporated by cross-reference.

在下面共同待审的专利申请中公开了与本发明相关的各种方法,系统与装置,这些共同待审的专利申请是本发明的申请人或者受让人在2000年6月30日申请的:PCT/AU00/00762,PCT/AU00/00763,PCT/AU00/00761,PCT/AU00/00760,PCT/AU00/00759,PCT/AU00/00758,PCT/AU00/00764,PCT/AU00/00765,PCT/AU00/00766,PCT/AU00/00767,PCT/AU00/00768,PCT/AU00/00773,PCT/AU00/00774,PCT/AU00/00775,PCT/AU00/00776,PCT/AU00/00777,PCT/AU00/00770,PCT/AU00/00769,PCT/AU00/00771,PCT/AU00/00772,PCT/AU00/00754,PCT/AU00/00755,PCT/AU00/00756和PCT/AU00/00757。 In the following co-pending patent application discloses a variety of methods associated with the present invention, systems and devices, these co-pending patent application the applicant or assignee of the present invention, in June 30, 2000 Application : PCT / AU00 / 00762, PCT / AU00 / 00763, PCT / AU00 / 00761, PCT / AU00 / 00760, PCT / AU00 / 00759, PCT / AU00 / 00758, PCT / AU00 / 00764, PCT / AU00 / 00765, PCT / AU00 / 00766, PCT / AU00 / 00767, PCT / AU00 / 00768, PCT / AU00 / 00773, PCT / AU00 / 00774, PCT / AU00 / 00775, PCT / AU00 / 00776, PCT / AU00 / 00777, PCT / AU00 / 00770, PCT / AU00 / 00769, PCT / AU00 / 00771, PCT / AU00 / 00772, PCT / AU00 / 00754, PCT / AU00 / 00755, PCT / AU00 / 00756 and PCT / AU00 / 00757.

这些共同待审的专利申请的公开内容在这里被用作交叉参考。 These co-pending patent application disclosure is hereby incorporated by cross-reference.

在下面共同待审的专利申请中公开了与本发明相关的各种方法,系统与装置,这些共同待审的专利申请是本发明的申请人或者受让人在2000年5月24日申请的:PCT/AU00/00518,PCT/AU00/00519,PCT/AU00/00520,PCT/AU00/00521,PCT/AU00/00522,PCT/AU00/00523,PCT/AU00/00524,PCT/AU00/00525,PCT/AU00/00526,PCT/AU00/00527,PCT/AU00/00528,PCT/AU00/00529,PCT/AU00/00530,PCT/AU00/00531,PCT/AU00/00532,PCT/AU00/00533,PCT/AU00/00534,PCT/AU00/00535,PCT/AU00/00536,PCT/AU00/00537,PCT/AU00/00538,PCT/AU00/00539,PCT/AU00/00540,PCT/AU00/00541,PCT/AU00/00542,PCT/AU00/00543,PCT/AU00/00544,PCT/AU00/00545,PCT/AU00/00547,PCT/AU00/00546,PCT/AU00/00554,PCT/AU00/00556,PCT/AU00/00557,PCT/AU00/00558,PCT/AU00/00559,PCT/AU00/00560,PCT/AU00/00561,PCT/AU00/00562,PCT/AU00/00563,PCT/AU00/00564,PCT/AU00/00565,PCT/AU00/00566,PCT/AU00/00567,PCT/AU00/00568,PCT/AU00/00569,PCT/AU00/00570,PCT/AU00/00571,PCT/AU00/00572,PCT/AU00/00573,PCT/AU00/00574,PCT/AU00/00575,PCT/AU00/00576,PCT/AU00/00577,PCT/AU00/00578,PCT/AU00/00579,PCT/AU00/00581,PCT/AU00/00580,PCT/AU00/00582,PCT/AU00/00587,PCT/AU00/00588,PCT/AU00/00589,PCT/AU00/00583,PCT/AU00/00593,PCT/AU00/00590,PCT/AU00/00591,PCT/AU00/00592,PCT/AU00/00594,PCT/AU00/00595,PCT/AU00/00596,PCT/AU00/00597,PCT/AU00/00598,PCT/AU00/00516和PCT/AU00/00517,和PCT/AU00/00511。 In the following co-pending patent application discloses a variety of methods associated with the present invention, systems and devices, these co-pending patent application the applicant or assignee of the present invention, in May 24, 2000 Application : PCT / AU00 / 00518, PCT / AU00 / 00519, PCT / AU00 / 00520, PCT / AU00 / 00521, PCT / AU00 / 00522, PCT / AU00 / 00523, PCT / AU00 / 00524, PCT / AU00 / 00525, PCT / AU00 / 00526, PCT / AU00 / 00527, PCT / AU00 / 00528, PCT / AU00 / 00529, PCT / AU00 / 00530, PCT / AU00 / 00531, PCT / AU00 / 00532, PCT / AU00 / 00533, PCT / AU00 / 00534, PCT / AU00 / 00535, PCT / AU00 / 00536, PCT / AU00 / 00537, PCT / AU00 / 00538, PCT / AU00 / 00539, PCT / AU00 / 00540, PCT / AU00 / 00541, PCT / AU00 / 00542 , PCT / AU00 / 00543, PCT / AU00 / 00544, PCT / AU00 / 00545, PCT / AU00 / 00547, PCT / AU00 / 00546, PCT / AU00 / 00554, PCT / AU00 / 00556, PCT / AU00 / 00557, PCT / AU00 / 00558, PCT / AU00 / 00559, PCT / AU00 / 00560, PCT / AU00 / 00561, PCT / AU00 / 00562, PCT / AU00 / 00563, PCT / AU00 / 00564, PCT / AU00 / 00565, PCT / AU00 / 00566, PCT / AU00 / 00567, PCT / AU00 / 00568, PCT / AU00 / 00569, PCT / AU00 / 00570, PCT / AU00 / 00571, PCT / AU00 / 00572, PCT / AU00 / 00573, PCT / AU00 / 00574 , PCT / AU00 / 00575, PCT / AU00 / 00576, PCT / AU00 / 00577, PCT / AU00 / 00578, PCT / AU00 / 00579, PCT / AU00 / 00581, PCT / AU00 / 00580, PCT / AU00 / 00582, PCT / AU00 / 00587, PCT / AU00 / 00588, PCT / AU00 / 00589, PCT / AU00 / 00583, PCT / AU00 / 00593, PCT / AU00 / 00590, PCT / AU00 / 00591, PCT / AU00 / 00592, PCT / AU00 / 00594, PCT / AU00 / 00595, PCT / AU00 / 00596, PCT / AU00 / 00597, PCT / AU00 / 00598, PCT / AU00 / 00516 and PCT / AU00 / 00517, and PCT / AU00 / 00511.

背景技术 BACKGROUND

这个网页系统是用于提供一个基于纸张的用户接口来出版信息和提供交互式通信服务的。 The web-based system is used to provide a paper-based user interface to published information and interactive communications services provided.

在某些场合下,用户可能希望将关于他们自己的信息提供给其它人。 In some cases, the user may want to provide information about themselves to other people. 一般来说,一个可以接受的、向其它人提供信息的方法,特别是在商业场合中,是通过名片来实现的。 In general, an acceptable, provided information to other people's methods, especially in the business occasions, through the cards to achieve. 如果这个名片包括该用户的电子邮件,这个方法就被认为是特别有用的。 If the cards including the user's e-mail, this method is considered to be particularly useful.

名片通常非常小,并且便于处理。 Cards are usually very small, and easy to handle. 但是,他们的尺寸一般对将关于名片的所有者的信息提供给其它人来说具有限制性。 However, their size is generally of the information about the owner of the business card available to other people restrictive.

发明内容 SUMMARY

本发明提供了使一第一用户使用一第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的一个方法,这个名片包括这个名片的身份和表示这个名片的至少一个参考点的编码数据,这个方法包括步骤:在一个计算机系统中,从一个传感器设备接收与这个名片的身份相关的数据和与这个传感器设备相对这个名片的位置相关的表示数据,当这个传感器设备被放置在相对于这个名片的一个可操作位置时,使用这个编码数据中至少部分数据来探测表示数据;在这个计算机系统中,从这个指示数据中识别出记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求;和在这个计算机系统中,第一用户能够访问的一个位置处记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 The present invention provides a first user to make use of a business card of a second user of a second method of an e-mail address of the user to record in a computer system, the identity of the business card including the business card and information indicating at least one of the business cards the encoded data of the reference point, the method comprising the steps of: a computer system, the data received from the identity of a sensor device associated with the card and with the sensor device indicates the relative data related to the location of this card, when the sensor device is placed in an operative position with respect to the card when using this encoded data to detect at least part of the data represent the data; in this computer system, indicating data from the identified in a request to record the second user's e-mail address ; and at a location in the computer system, the first recording of the second user can access the user's email address.

记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的这个请求与这个名片的至少一个区域相关,并且这个方法包括在这个计算机系统并且从这个传感器设备相对于其所位于的这个区域识别出记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的这个请求。 The request to this at least one region of the recording of the second card user's email address associated, and this method comprises the computer system and from the sensor device with respect to which it is located in the region of the recording of the second user to identify the e-mail This request addresses.

上面所提到的方法也可能包括步骤在这个计算机系统中,接收与这个传感器设备相对于这个名片的移动相关的数据,这个传感器设备使用至少部分编码数据来探测它相对这个名片的移动;和在这个计算机系统中并且从至少部分是在所述至少一个区域内的所述移动,识别出记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的这个请求。 The method mentioned above may also include the step of the computer system, receives the sensor device with respect to the movement of the associated data of this card, this device uses a sensor to detect at least a portion of the encoded data which move relative to this business cards; and in The computer system and from said movement is at least partially within said at least one region, recognizes that the request to record the second user's email address.

本发明也提供了使一第一用户使用一第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的一个方法,这个名片包括表示记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求的编码数据,这个方法包括步骤:在一个计算机系统中,从被第一个用户所操作控制的一个传感器设备接收与这个请求相关的数据和与这个传感器设备相对这个名片的移动相关的数据,当这个传感器设备相对于这个名片进行移动时,使用至少部分编码数据来探测与这个请求相关的数据,并且产生与其自己相对这个名片进行的移动相关的数据;和在这个计算机系统中,将这个传感器设备的所述移动理解为指定这个请求;和在这个计算机系统中第一用户能够访问的一个位置处记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 The present invention also provides the use of a first user to make a user of a business card of a second method of the second user to an e-mail address is recorded in a computer system, this card includes information indicating the recording of the second user's e-mail address the encoded data of a request, the method comprising the steps of: a computer system, from the first user of the operation control of a sensor device receives the request and data associated with the relative movement of the sensor device of the associated data card , when the sensor device is moved relative to the business card using at least part of the coded data to detect data associated with the request, and generates data related to its own movement relative to the business card; and a computer in the system, this The movement sensor device is understood to specify this request; and a position in the computer system of the first recording of the second user can access the user's email address.

本发明也提供了使一第一用户使用一第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的一个方法,这个名片包括表示记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求的编码数据,这个方法包括步骤:在一个计算机系统中,从被第一个用户所操作控制的一个传感器设备接收与这个请求相关的表示数据,当这个传感器设备被放置在相对于这个名片的一个可操作位置时,使用这个编码数据中至少部分数据来探测表示数据;在这个计算机系统中,将这个表示数据理解为指定这个请求;和在这个计算机系统中,第一用户能够访问的一个位置处记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 The present invention also provides the use of a first user to make a user of a business card of a second method of the second user to an e-mail address is recorded in a computer system, this card includes information indicating the recording of the second user's e-mail address the encoded data of a request, the method comprising the steps of: a computer system, from the first user of the operation control device receives a sensor associated with the request data indicating, when the sensor device is placed with respect to this card When an operable position, using at least part of the encoded data to detect data representing the data; in this computer system, will be understood as designating the data representing the request; and in the computer system, a first user can access a position to record the second user's email address.

本发明也提供了使一第一用户使用一第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的一个方法,这个名片包括表示记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求的编码数据,这个方法包括步骤:在一个计算机系统中,从一个传感器设备接收与第一个用户的身份相关的数据和与这个请求相关的数据,这个传感器设备包括与第一个用户的身份相关的数据,并且使用至少部分编码数据来探测与这个请求相关的数据;在这个计算机系统中并且从与第一个用户的身份相关的数据和与这个请求相关的数据中,理解记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的这个请求;和在这个计算机系统中,第一用户能够访问的一个位置处记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 The present invention also provides the use of a first user to make a user of a business card of a second method of the second user to an e-mail address is recorded in a computer system, this card includes information indicating the recording of the second user's e-mail address the encoded data of a request, the method comprising the steps of: a computer system, data from a sensor associated with the first device receives a user's identity and data related to this request, the sensor device comprises a first user identity-related data, and using at least a portion of the encoded data to detect data associated with the request; in this computer system and the data with the first user's identity and associated with the request from the associated information, the second recording understood This e-mail address of the requesting user; and a position in the computer system, the first recording of the second user can access the user's email address.

这个方法可能包括步骤:在这个计算机系统中,从这个传感器设备接收与这个传感器设备相对于这个名片的移动相关的数据,这个传感器设备产生与它相对这个名片的移动相关的数据。 This method may include the steps of: in the computer system, receiving from the sensor device and the sensor device relative to the movement of the card-related data, the relative movement sensor device data associated with it in this business card.

在一个优选实施方式中,上面提到的方法可能包括根据需要来打印名片。 In one preferred embodiment, the above-mentioned methods may include as needed to print the business card. 这可能包括在一个表面定义装置的表面上打印名片,并且在打印名片的同时,也在这个表面上打印编码数据。 This may include a printed card surface defined on a surface of the device, and printing business cards, while also printing the coded data on the surface. 优选地,该编码数据基本上不能够被没有工具帮助的人眼所看见。 Preferably, the encoded data can not be substantially no tools to help the human eye to see.

另外,上面所提到的方法可能包括保存所产生的每一个名片的一个可检索记录,并且这个名片是可以使用包括在其编码数据中的其身份而被检索的。 Further, the method mentioned above may include one each of the generated stored card may retrieve the record, and this card can be used include in its coded data whose identity is retrieved.

这个传感器设备也包括一个识别装置,该识别装置用于将一个唯一的身份标识给予这个传感器设备,并且将它标识为属于一个特定的用户,并且其中这个方法可能包括在这个计算机系统中监视所述身份标识。 The sensor device also comprises an identification means, the means for identifying a unique identity given to the sensor device, and identifies it as belonging to a particular user, and wherein the method may include monitoring the computer system in the identity.

从另一个角度来说,本发明提供了使一第一用户使用一第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的一个系统,这个名片包括这个名片的身份和表示这个名片的至少一个参考点的编码数据,这个系统包括:一个计算机系统,用于从一个传感器设备接收表示数据以识别记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求,这个表示数据是与这个名片的身份相关的数据和与这个传感器设备相对这个名片的位置相关的数据,当这个传感器设备被放置在相对于这个名片的一个可操作位置时,使用这个编码数据中至少部分数据来探测指示数据,这个计算机系统被构造成在第一用户能够访问的一个位置处记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 From another perspective, the present invention provides a first user to make use of a business card of a second user to record a second system user in an e-mail address of a computer system, the identity of the business card including the business card and indicates that the card is at least one reference point of the coded data, the system comprising: a computer system for receiving from a sensor device identification data indicative of a request to record the second user's e-mail address, this indicates that the data is Identity cards and related data associated with the sensor device relative to the data card position, when the sensor device is placed in an operative position with respect to the card when using this encoded data to detect at least part of the data indicate that the data This computer system is configured to record the second user at a location of the first user can access the e-mail address.

优选地,记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的这个请求与这个名片的至少一个区域相关。 Preferably, the at least one region of the recording request and the card user's e-mail address of the second correlation.

这个传感器设备可以使用至少部分编码数据来探测它相对这个名片的移动。 This sensor device can be used to detect at least a portion of the encoded data which move relative to this business card.

本发明也提供了使一第一用户使用一第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的一个系统,这个名片包括表示记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求的编码数据,这个系统包括:一个计算机系统,用于从被第一个用户所操作控制的一个传感器设备接收数据,来自这个传感器设备的数据与这个请求相关和与这个传感器设备相对这个名片的移动相关,当这个传感器设备相对于这个名片进行移动时,产生与其自己相对这个名片进行的移动相关的数据,并且使用至少部分编码数据来探测与这个请求相关的数据,这个计算机系统被构造成将这个传感器设备的所述移动理解为指定这个请求,并且被构造成在第一用户能够访问的一个位置处记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 The present invention also provides a first user makes a second user using a business card system to record a second e-mail address of a user in a computer system, this card includes information indicating the recording of the second user's e-mail address the encoded data of a request, the system comprising: a computer system for receiving data from the first user of the operation control of a sensor device, the sensor data from the device associated with the request and with the sensor device relative to the business card mobile related, when the sensor device is moved relative to the card, to produce data related to its own movement relative to the business card, and using at least part of the coded data to detect data associated with this request, the computer system is configured to this sensor device of the mobile understood as designating the request, and is configured to record the second user at a location of the first user to access the e-mail address.

本发明也提供了使一第一用户使用一第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的一个系统,这个名片包括表示记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求的编码数据,这个系统包括:一个计算机系统,用于从被第一个用户所操作控制的一个传感器设备接收表示数据,表示数据与这个请求相关,当这个传感器设备被放置在相对于这个名片的一个可操作位置时,使用这个编码数据中至少部分数据来探测表示数据,这个计算机系统被构造成将这个表示数据理解为指定这个请求,并且被构造成,在第一用户能够访问的一个位置处记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 The present invention also provides a first user makes a second user using a business card system to record a second e-mail address of a user in a computer system, this card includes information indicating the recording of the second user's e-mail address the encoded data of a request, the system comprising: a computer system for the first user from the operation control device receives the data indicative of one sensor, data indicating the request related to this, when the sensor device is placed relative to this When a card is operable position, using the at least partial data of the coded data to detect data indicating that the computer system is configured to be understood as designating the data indicating this request, and is configured to, in a first user can access a position to record the second user's email address.

本发明也提供了使一第一用户使用一第二用户的一个名片来在一个计算机系统中记录第二用户的一个电子邮件地址的一个系统,这个名片包括表示记录第二用户的电子邮件地址的一个请求的编码数据,这个系统包括:一个计算机系统,用于从一个传感器设备接收与第一个用户的身份相关的数据和与这个请求相关的数据,这个传感器设备包括与第一个用户的身份相关的数据,并且使用至少部分编码数据来探测与这个请求相关的数据,这个计算机系统被构造成在第一用户能够访问的一个位置处记录第二用户的电子邮件地址。 The present invention also provides a first user makes a second user using a business card system to record a second e-mail address of a user in a computer system, this card includes information indicating the recording of the second user's e-mail address the encoded data of a request, the system comprising: a computer system for receiving data from a sensor device with the first user's identity and associated data associated with the request, the sensor device comprises a first user identity and related data, and using at least a portion of the encoded data to detect data associated with this request, the computer system is configured to record the second user at a location of the first user to access the e-mail address.

这个传感器设备也可以探测它自己相对该名片的移动。 This sensor device can detect movement relative to the business card of its own.

上面所提到的系统的这个传感器设备可能包括一个标记笔尖。 The sensor device mentioned above the system may include a marking tip. 另外,这个传感器设备可能包括一个识别装置,该识别装置用于将一个唯一的身份标识给予这个传感器设备,并且将它标识为与一个特定的第一用户相关。 Further, the sensor device may comprise an identification means, the means for identifying a unique identity given to the sensor device, and it is identified as associated with a particular first user.

在一个优选实施方式中,上面提到的系统包括被打印在一个表面定义装置的一个表面上的这个名片,和用于根据需要来打印这个名片的一个打印机。 In one preferred embodiment, the system mentioned above includes printed on one surface of a surface of the card definition means, and as needed to print the business card of a printer used. 这个打印机可以在将名片打印在表面定义装置上的同时,打印编码数据。 This printer can print on the surface of the card, while the definition of device, print the coded data. 并且优选地,该编码数据对基本上没有工具帮助的人眼来说是不可见的。 And preferably, the coded data is substantially no tools to help the human eye is not visible.

所以,本发明提供了一个系统和方法,它利用了能够与一个计算机系统进行交互式作用的一个或者多个名片。 Therefore, the present invention provides a system and method which utilizes a computer system capable of interactive effect of one or more cards. 虽然本发明的新方法和系统可以被与一单个计算机系统一起进行使用,但是,在一个特别优选的方式中,它被设计成通过一个计算机网络,例如互联网而进行工作。 Although the new method and system of the present invention may be carried out using a computer system with a single, however, in a particularly preferred manner, it is designed through a computer network such as the Internet and carry out work.

本发明还提供一种名片,其包括表示该名片的身份标识和该名片的至少一个参考点的编码数据,该编码数据可由一个传感器设备读取以产生表示数据,该表示数据用于由与该传感器设备相关的用户在一个计算机系统中翻译成一个请求,以便记录与所述名片相关的一个电子邮件地址。 The present invention also provides a business card, which comprises encoded data representing at least one reference point of the identity card and the card, and the encoded data is read by a sensor device to generate data indicative of the representation data is used by the Translation of sensor device associated with the user in a computer system as a request to record the card associated with an email address.

物理上说,这个名片可以被放置在任何合适结构的一个表面媒质上。 Physically, this card can be placed on a surface medium of any suitable structure. 但是,在一个优选的实施方式中,这个名片被放置在片状的材料上,例如纸张或者类似的材料,它们的上面打印了编码数据并且也允许与这个计算机系统进行交互式通信。 However, in a preferred embodiment, the card is placed on the sheet-like material, such as paper or similar material, which is printed upon the coded data and also allows the computer system with interactive communication. 优选地,但并不是唯一地,这个编码数据是可以在可见光的光谱范围以外被检测的,由此这个编码数据可以被机器读取,但是基本上不能够被人眼所看见。 Preferably, but not exclusively, the coded data is outside the visible spectral range is detected, whereby the encoded data can be read by a machine, but can not be seen substantially the human eye. 这个名片也可以包括可见材料,以向一个用户提供信息,例如名片的用途或者目的,这个可见信息可以是被登记的,并且在位置上与相关的被隐藏编码数据相关。 The card may also include visible material, to provide information to a user, such as the use or purpose of the business card, the visual information can be registered, and in a position associated with the relevant hidden coded data.

这个系统也包括一个传感器设备,以将数据从这个传感器设备传送到计算机系统,并且在某些情形下,将产生额外的数据。 The system also includes a sensor device, to transfer data from the sensor device to the computer system, and in some cases, to generate additional data. 另外,这个传感器设备也可以有多种形式,但是优选地,它的体积小巧,并且容易携带。 Further, the sensor device may take many forms, but preferably, it is compact and easy to carry. 在一个特定的优选实施方式中,这个传感器设备的结构被设计为一个笔的形式,它被设计成能够在物理上标记这个名片,并且也能够选择性地读取这个名片上的编码数据并且将其发送到这个计算机系统。 In a particular preferred embodiment, the structure of the sensor device is designed in the form of a pen, it is designed to be able to physically mark the cards, and it is possible to selectively read the data encoded on the card and the send it to the computer system. 然后,这个编码数据提供控制信息,其结构使一个用户在其上所做的一个指定能够促使指令被用于在这个计算机系统或者网络上运行的软件。 Then, the encoded data control information, so that the structure on which a user made a specific instruction can be used to induce the computer system or on a network software running.

名片和传感设备之间的交互特点以及表格和传感设备提供给计算机系统的数据可以变化。 Interactive sensing device characteristics and forms and business cards and the sensor device is supplied to the data between the computer system may vary. 在一个结构中,在名片上的编码数据表示了这个名片的识别标记并且表示了这个名片上的至少一个参考点。 In one arrangement, the coded data on the card indicates the identification mark of the card and shows at least one reference point on the card. 在另一个结构中,这个名片包括表示这个名片的一个参数的编码数据,而这个传感器设备进行工作来将关于其自己相对这个名片的移动的数据,和来自这个名片的编码数据一起提供给这个计算机系统。 In another configuration, this card comprising encoded data representing a parameter of the card, and this work to the sensor device on the relative movement of the card data, and the coded data from the card is supplied to the computer together with its own system.

附图说明 Brief Description

下面仅通过非限制性的示例,并且参考附图来描述本发明的优选和其它实施方式,其中:图1是在一个打印网页样板和其在线页面描述之间的一个关系的一个示意图;图2是关于在一个网页笔,一个网页打印机,一个网页页面服务器,和一个网页应用服务器之间的交互式通信的一个示意图;图3显示了通过一个网络而连接在一起的网页服务器和打印机的一个集合;图4是关于一个打印出来的网页和其在线页面描述之间的一个高层结构的一个示意图;图5a是显示一个网页标记的结构的一个平面视图;图5b是一个平面视图,显示了图5a中所显示的一组标记和其形式是一个网页笔的一个网页传感器设备的一个视场之间的关系;图6a是显示一个网页标记的一个替代结构的一个平面视图;图6b是一个平面视图,显示了图6a中所显示的一组标记和其形式是一个网页笔的一个网页传感器设备的一个视场之间的关系;图6c是一个平面视图,显示了图6a中所显示的9个标记的排列,其中目标被相邻的标记所共享;图6d是一个平面视图,显示了图6a中所显示的这个标记的4个码字的符号的交织和旋转;图7是一个标记图象处理和解码算法的一个流图;图8是一个网页笔和其相关的、探测标记的视场锥图的一个透视图;图9是图8中所显示的网页笔的透视解剖视图;图10是用于图8和图9中所显示的网页笔的一个笔控制器的一个示意性框图;图11是一个可以被安装在墙壁上的一个网页打印机的一个透视图;图12是图11的这个网页打印机的长度方向上的剖视图;图12a是图12的一个放大图,它显示了两个方向移动的打印机引擎和胶轮组装的剖视图;图13是图11和图12中的这个网页打印机的墨盒,墨,空气和胶路径,和打印机引擎的详细视图;图14是用于图11和图12中所显示的这个网页打印机的一个打印机控制器的一个示意性框图;图15是与图14中所显示的这个打印机控制器相关的双向打印机引擎控制器和MemjetTM打印机头的一个示意框图;图16是图14和15中所显示的这个打印机引擎控制器的一个示意图框图;图17是如在例如图10到12中的网页打印机中所使用的一单个MemjetTM打印部件的一个透视图;图18是一个MemjetTM打印部件阵列的一小部分的一个透视图;图19是显示在图13中所显示的MemjetTM打印部件的工作周期的一系列透视图;图20是一个页面宽度的MemjetTM打印头的一个短段的一个透视图;图21是一个用户类图的一个示意图;图22是一个打印机类图的一个示意图;图23是一个笔类图的一个示意图;图24是一个应用类图的一个示意图;图25是一个文档和页面描述类图的一个示意图;图26是一个文档和页面所有者类图的一个示意图;图27是一个终端部件特殊化类图的一个示意图;图28是一个静态部件特殊化类图的一个示意图;图29是一个超级链接部件类图的一个示意图;图30是一个超级链接部件特殊化类图的一个示意图;图31是一个超级链接组类图的一个示意图;图32是一个表格类图的一个示意图;图33是一个数字墨水类图的一个示意图;图34是一个字段部件特殊化类图的一个示意图;图35是一个选择框字段类图的一个示意图;图36是一个文本字段类图的一个示意图;图37是一个签名字段类图的一个示意图; The following non-limiting examples only, and with reference to the drawings to describe preferred and other embodiments of the present invention, in which: Figure 1 is a schematic view of a relationship between a print page template and its online page description between; FIG. 2 in a web page about the pen, a schematic diagram of the interactive communications between a web printer, a web page server, and a web application server; FIG. 3 shows a set of network and connected together by a web server and printer ; Figure 4 is a schematic view of a high-level structure on a printed page and its online page description between; FIG. 5a is a plan view of a configuration of a page tag; Figure 5b is a plan view showing the Figure 5a displayed in the form of a set of markers and the field of view of a relationship between a sensor device of a web page between the pen; Figure 6a is a plan view of an alternative configuration of a page of a tag; Figure 6b is a plan view , shown in Figure 6a shown in a set of markers and the form of the relationship between a field of view of a netpage sensing device between a netpage pen; Figure 6c is a plan view showing the Figure 6a shown 9 mark arrangement, wherein the target is adjacent marker shared; Figure 6d is a plan view showing the interleaving and rotation 4 yards word shown in Figure 6a this tag symbols; Fig. 7 is a marked image A flow diagram of the processing and decoding algorithm; Figure 8 is a perspective view of a netpage pen and its associated field of view cone detection marks diagram; Figure 9 is shown in Figure 8 a perspective exploded view of the netpage pen; Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram for Figures 8 and 9 shown in a web page pen pen controller; FIG. 11 is a perspective view of a can be mounted on a wall of a page printer; FIG. 12 is a 11 This cross-sectional view of the longitudinal direction of the page printer; Figure 12a is an enlarged view of FIG. 12, which shows a cross-sectional view of two directions to move the printer engine and tire assembly; FIG. 13 is in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 this page printer detailed view of the ink cartridge, ink, air and glue paths, and the printer engine; FIG. 14 is a page printer is a schematic block diagram of the printer controller 11 and this is used as shown in FIG. 12; FIG. 15 is a Fig. A schematic block diagram of the printer controller associated bidirectional printer engine controller and MemjetTM printer head 14 shown; FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of the printer engine controller 15 in FIG. 14 and shown; FIG. 17 is e.g. A perspective view of a single MemjetTM print member 12 in the example in Figure 10 to the printer used in the web; Fig. 18 is a perspective view of a small portion of a printing member MemjetTM array; FIG. 19 is shown in FIG. 13 the duty cycle of a series of perspective display MemjetTM printing member; FIG. 20 is a perspective view of a short segment of a page width printhead of MemjetTM; FIG. 21 is a schematic view of a user class diagram; FIG. 22 is a printer class A schematic diagram; FIG. 23 is a schematic view of a pen class diagram; FIG. 24 is a schematic view of an application class diagram; FIG. 25 is a schematic view of a document and page description class diagram; FIG. 26 is a document and page owners A schematic diagram of the class; Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of a terminal unit specialized class; Figure 28 is a schematic diagram of a static component specialization class diagram; Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of a hyperlink component class; Figure 30 A schematic view of a hyperlink member specialization class diagram; FIG. 31 is a schematic view of a hyperlink group class diagram; FIG. 32 is a schematic view of a form class diagram; FIG. 33 is a schematic view of a digital ink class diagram; FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a field component specialization class diagram; Figure 35 is a schematic diagram of a selection box field class diagram; Figure 36 is a schematic diagram of a text field type; Figure 37 is a schematic diagram of a signature field class;

图38是一个输入处理算法的一个流图;图38a是图38中流图的一个步骤的一个详细流图;图39是一个页面服务器命令部件类图的一个示意图;图40是一个订阅发送协议的一个示意图;图41是一个超级链接请求类图的一个示意图;图42是一个超级链接激活协议的一个示意图;图43是一个表格提交协议的一个示意图;图44是一组用户接口流图文档图标的一个示意图;图45是一组用户接口页面布局部件图标的一个示意图;图46是一个电子邮件用户类图的一个示意图;图47是一个电子邮件类图的一个示意图;图48是一个邮箱类图的一个示意图;图49是一个联系人列表类图的一个示意图;图50是一个电子邮件用户接口流的一个示意图;图51是关于一个电子邮件接收者例程的一个用户接口流的一个示意图;图52是一个向外发送电子邮件第一页面的一个示意图;图53是一个向外发送电子邮件第二或者随后页面的一个示意图;图54是一个增加接收者页面的一个示意图;图55是一个发来的电子邮件的第一页面的一个示意图;图56是一个发来的电子邮件的第二页面或者随后页面的一个示意图;图57是关于编辑一个联系人的一个用户交互式通信流的一个示意图;图58是一个编辑联系人页面的一个示意图;图59是关于一个全球用户目录的一个用户交互式通信流的一个示意图;图60是一个用户信息页面的一个示意图;图61是关于一个名片的一个用户接口流的一个示意图; Figure 38 is a flow diagram of an input processing algorithm; Figure 38a is a detailed flow diagram of a step flow chart of FIG. 38; FIG. 39 is a schematic view of a page server command member class diagram; FIG. 40 is a transmission protocol subscription a schematic view; FIG. 41 is a schematic view of a hyperlink request class diagram; FIG. 42 is a schematic view of a hyperlink activation protocol; FIG. 43 is a schematic view of a form submission protocol; FIG. 44 is a set of user interface flow document icons FIG. A schematic diagram; Figure 45 is a schematic diagram of a group user interface page layout component icons; Figure 46 is a schematic diagram of an e-mail user class; Figure 47 is a schematic diagram of an e-mail class; Figure 48 is a mailbox class A schematic diagram; Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of a contact list of classes; Figure 50 is a flow diagram of an e-mail user interface; Figure 51 is a schematic diagram of an e-mail recipient on a routine user interface flow ; FIG. 52 is a schematic view of the e-mail sent out a first page; FIG. 53 is an e-mail sent out at a second or subsequent page of a schematic diagram; FIG. 54 is a schematic view of adding a recipient of the page; Figure 55 is A schematic diagram of the first page of an incoming e-mail; Figure 56 is a second e-mail sent to a schematic page or subsequent pages; Figure 57 is a user to edit a contact on interactive communication flow a schematic view; FIG. 58 is a schematic view of a contact edit page; Figure 59 is a schematic view of a user on a global directory of a user interactive communication flow; FIG. 60 is a schematic view of a user's information page; FIG. 61 is about a A schematic of a user card interface flow;

图62是一个名片的一个示意图;图63是一个电子邮件授权令牌类图的一个示意图;图64是用于请求一个名片的一个用户接口流的一个示意图;和图65是一个名片请求页面的一个示意图。 Figure 62 is a schematic view of a business card; FIG. 63 is a schematic diagram of an e-mail authorization token class diagram; FIG. 64 is a user interface for requesting a business card of a schematic flow; and FIG. 65 is a card requested page a diagram.

具体实施方式 DETAILED DESCRIPTION

注意:MemjetTM是澳大利亚的Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd的商标。 Note: MemjetTM is Australia's Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd trademark.

在这个优选实施方式中,本发明被构造成使用一个基于网络网页的计算机系统进行工作,在后面对它进行了详细的描述。 In this preferred embodiment, the present invention is configured to work using a web based computer system network, it was later described in detail. 应理解,就基本系统来说,不是每一个实施方式均必须实现下面所讨论的全部甚至大部分具体的细节和延伸内容。 It should be understood, the basic systems, not every embodiment must implement all or even most of the specific details and extending contents discussed below. 但是,以最完全的形式描述了这个系统,以减少当希望理解本发明的优选实施方式和方面进行工作的上下文时,对外部参考资料的需要。 However, the most complete form of the system described, when it is desired to reduce understood preferred embodiments and aspects of the invention work in a context, the need for external references.

简单地说,这个网页系统的优选形式利用了形式为一个映射表面的一个计算机接口,即,包括指向在一个计算机系统中被维持的表面映射的参考的一个物理表面。 Briefly, a preferred form of the netpage system utilizes a form of a surface of a computer interface map, i.e., pointing in a computer system comprising a physical surface of the surface is maintained mapping reference. 这个映射参考可以被一个合适的传感器设备进行查询。 This mapping can be carried out with reference to query a suitable sensor devices. 取决于具体的实施方式,这个映射参考可以被进行可见地编码或者不可见编码,并且以这样一个方法来定义,以使对这个映射表面进行的一个本地查询可以获得一个明确的在这个映射内和在不同映射之间的映射参考。 Depending on the particular embodiment, this mapping can be performed with reference to coded visible or invisible coding, and in such a way to define, so that a local query on the mapped surface can get a clear mapping and in this mapping between different map reference. 这个计算机系统可以包括关于这个映射表面的特征的信息,并且这样的信息可以根据一个传感器设备和映射表面一起提供的映射参考被进行检索。 The computer system may include information about the characteristics of the mapped surface, and such information may be provided with a sensor device according to surface mapping and map references are retrieved. 这样被检索的信息可以对这个操作员与表面特征进行的交互式通信作出响应,代表这个操作员执行由计算机系统所发起的动作。 Interactive communication such information can be retrieved on the surface characteristics of the operator and in response, the representative of the operator initiated by the computer system executing the operation.

在其优选的形式中,这个网页系统依赖于网页的产生以及人与这个网页的交互。 In its preferred form, the netpage system relies on the generation and human interaction with the web page. 这些网页是关于文本的网页,关于图象和打印在普通纸张上的图形的页面,但是它们工作起来就象交互式万维网页面。 These are pages of text on the page, and print images on plain paper in a pattern on the page, but they work together as an interactive web page. 使用墨水在每一张纸上对信息进行编码,这墨水基本上不能够被普通的、不使用特殊仪器的人所看见。 In each piece of paper using the ink encode information, which ink can not be substantially normal, without using a special instrument seen by people. 但是,这个墨水,及由此产生的编码数据可以被一个光学成象笔所探测并且被发送到这个网页系统。 However, the ink, and the resulting encoded data can be detected an optical imaging pen and transmitted to the netpage system.

在这个优选的形式中,在每一个页面上的每一个按钮和超级链接可以用这个笔来进行点击,以从这个网络请求信息或者向一个网络服务器发送优选项的信号。 In a preferred form of this, each of the buttons and hyperlinks on each page can be used to carry out this pen click, to request information from the network or a transmission signal preferences to a network server. 在一个实施方式中,在一个网页上用手写的文本在这个网页系统中被自动地识别和转换到计算机文本,并且允许对表格进行填充。 In one embodiment, on a page is automatically identified handwritten text in the netpage system and converted to computer text in, and allows the table to fill. 在其它的实施方式中,被记录在一个网页上的签名被自动地进行证实,这允许电子商务的交易可以被安全地授权。 In other embodiments, the signature is recorded on a web page is automatically carried out confirmed that allows e-commerce transactions can be safely authorized.

如图1中所显示的,一个打印出来的网页1可以表示一个交互式表格,这个表格可以被用户在打印出来的页面上进行物理地填充,并且也可以被用户进行“电子”填充,这是通过在笔和网页系统之间的通信来进行的。 Shown in Figure 1, a printed page 1 can represent a interactive form, this form can be printed out on a user physically filled pages, and may also be carried out "electronic" populate the user, which is By communication between the pen and the netpage system is carried out. 这个示例显示了包括名字和地址字段的一个“请求”表格和一个提交按钮。 This example shows the name and address of the field, including a "request" form and a submit button. 这个网页包括使用可见墨水打印出来的图形数据2,和使用不可见墨水打印的、作为一个标记集合4的编码数据3。 The web page includes the use of visible inks printed graphics data 2, and printed using invisible ink, as a collection of tags 4 3 encoded data. 被保存在这个网页网络上的相应页面描述5描述了这个网页的独立部件。 On this page are saved in the network corresponding page description 5 describes the individual components of this page. 特别地,它描述了每一个交互式部件(即,在这个示例中的文本字段或者按钮)的类型和空间范围(区域),以允许这个网页系统能够正确地理解通过网页进行的输入。 In particular, it describes each interactive component (ie, in this case the text field or button) the type and spatial extent (area), to allow the system to this page properly understand enter through the pages. 例如,提交按钮6具有一个区域7,这个区域与相应图形8的空间范围相应。 For example, the submit button 6 has an area of 7, the region with the corresponding range of 8 corresponding graphic space.

如图2中所显示的,网页笔101与一个网页打印机601,一个用互联网连接的、用于家庭、办公室或者移动使用的打印工具一起进行工作,这个网页笔101的一个优选形式被显示在图8和9中,并且在下面被进行更详细的描述。 Shown in Figure 2, the netpage pen 101 with a netpage printer 601, a connection with the Internet, home, office or mobile use printing tools used to work together, the netpage pen 101, a preferred form is shown in FIG. 8 and 9, and in more detail below is described. 这个笔是无线的,并且通过一个短距离无线链路9与这个网页打印机进行安全的通信。 The pen is wireless, and by a short-range wireless link to this page printer 9 communicate securely.

这个网页打印机601的优选形式被显示在图11到图13中,并且在下面被进行详细地描述,这个网页打印机601能够根据需要或者周期性地发送个性化的新闻报纸,杂志,商品目录,小册子和其它出版物,所有这些出版物均以高质量进行打印,并且被用作交互式网页。 The preferred form of the netpage printer 601 is shown in Figs. 11 to 13, and is described in detail below, the page printer 601 as needed or can periodically send personalized newspapers, magazines, catalogs, small brochures and other publications, all of these publications are high quality printing, and are used as interactive web pages. 与一个个人计算机不同,这个网页打印机是一个应用工具,例如,它可以被安装在与早间新闻首先被阅读的区域相邻的墙壁上,例如一个用户的厨房,靠近早餐桌的旁边,或者在靠近这天离开家的位置上。 And a different personal computer, the netpage printer is an application tool, for example, it can be installed on the morning news is first read area adjacent to the walls, such as a user's kitchen, near a breakfast table next to, or in near the location away from home on this day. 它也可以是桌面,台面,便携式的或者缩微的形式。 It also may be a desktop, table, portable or microfilm form.

在消费点被打印的网页综合了纸张使用的方便性和一个交互式媒质的及时性与交互性。 In the consumer point of being printed page combines timely and interactive convenience and an interactive medium of paper used.

如图2中所显示的,这个网页笔101与一个打印网页1上的编码数据进行交互式通信,并且通过一个短距离无线链路9与一个网页打印机进行交互式通信。 Shown in FIG. 2, the netpage pen 101 with a print on a web page coded data for interactive communication, and radio link 9 with a page printer interactive communication through a short distance. 这个打印机601将这个交互式通信发送到相关的网页页面服务器10,以进行理解。 The printer 601 sends this interactive communication to the relevant web pages server 10, for understanding. 在合适的环境下,这个页面服务器发送一个相应的消息到在一个网页应用服务器13上运行的应用计算机软件。 In the right circumstances, this page server sends a corresponding message to the application on a web server applications running 13 computer software. 这个应用服务器反过来可以发送一个响应,这个响应将被打印在这个发起打印机上。 The application server may in turn send a response, this response will be printed on the printer to initiate.

通过与基于高速微机械系统(MEMS)的喷墨(MemjetTM)打印机一起进行使用,在这个优选实施方式中,可以使这个网页系统更方便。 By ink-jet-based high-speed micro-mechanical systems (MEMS) of (MemjetTM) together using the printer, in this preferred embodiment, this page can make the system more convenient. 在这个技术的优选实施方式中,相对高速度和高质量的打印已经降低到可以为更多的用户所使用的程度。 In the preferred embodiment technique, the relative speed and high-quality printing has been reduced to the extent of more users may be used. 在其优选形式中,一个网页出版具有一个传统的新闻杂志的物理特征,例如一组信纸大小的、两面使用全彩色进行打印的光滑页面,并且被装订在一起以更方便地进行导航和进行舒适的处理。 In its preferred form, a page of a publication has the physical characteristics of a traditional newsmagazine, such as a set of letter-size, full-color printing on both sides using smooth pages, and are stapled together to more easily navigate and be comfortable processing.

这个网页打印机利用了日益增多的宽带互联网接入。 This page printers use a growing number of broadband Internet access. 对美国的家庭用户来说,有95%的用户可以使用有线电视电缆业务,并且其中22%的家庭用户已经可以使用有线电视电缆调制解调器所提供的宽带互联网接入业务了。 US home users, 95% of users can use the cable TV business, and 22 percent of households have cable TV, cable modem can be used to provide broadband Internet access services up. 这个网页打印机也可以在低速度连接上进行工作,但是其发送时间变长了,其图象质量变差了。 This page printer can also be connected to work at low speeds, but its transmission time becomes longer, and its image quality deteriorates. 实际上,使用已有的、消费者所使用的喷墨打印机和激光打印机,就可以实现这个网页系统,虽然这个系统的工作速度较慢,由此从一个消费者的角度来看是比较难以接受的。 In fact, the use of conventional ink jet printers and laser printers used by consumers, the netpage system can be achieved, although the operating speed of the system is slow, whereby from a consumer's point of view is more difficult to accept a. 在其它的实施方式中,这个网页系统驻留在一个私有的内部网络中。 In other embodiments, the web system resides in a private internal network. 在另外其它的实施方式中,这个网页系统驻留在一单个计算机或者用计算机来工作的设备上,例如一个打印机上。 In yet other embodiments, the netpage system reside on a single computer or computer device to work, for example, a printer.

在这个网页网络上的网页出版服务器14被配置成将打印质量的出版内容发送到网页打印机。 On this page web page publishing server 14 is configured to send the print quality of publishing content to the web printer. 通过单播和多播互联网协议,周期性的出版物被自动地发送到进行订阅的网页打印机。 Is sent to the printer to automatically subscribe page via unicast and multicast Internet Protocol, periodic publications. 个性化的出版物被根据每一个用户的要求而进行滤波与进行格式化。 Personalized publications are filtered performed according to each user's requirements and formatted.

一个网页打印机可以被配置成支持任何数量的笔,并且一个笔可以与任何数量的网页打印机一起进行工作。 A netpage printer can be configured to support any number of pens, and a pen can work with any number of netpage printer. 在这个优选实施方式中,每一个网页笔具有一个唯一的标识符。 In this preferred embodiment, each netpage pen has a unique identifier. 一个家庭可以有很多彩色网页笔的集合,其中一个笔被分配到这个家庭的每一个成员。 A family may have set a lot of color pages pen, one pen is assigned to every member of the family. 这允许每一个用户可以对一个网页出版服务器或者应用服务器保留不同服务要求。 This allows each user to retain the different service requirements for a web publishing server or application server.

一个网页笔也可以登记到一个网页登记服务器11上,并且被连接到一个或者多个付费卡帐号。 A netpage pen can also be registered to the registration server 11 on a page, and is connected to one or more of the charge card account. 这允许使用这个网页笔来对电子商务付费进行安全的授权。 This allows the use of this website pen to pay for e-commerce security authorization. 这个网页登记服务器将这个网页笔所捕获的签名与前一个登记注册的签名进行比较,这允许它能够对一个电子商务服务器的一个用户的身份进行认证。 This page registration server will be captured by the netpage pen with a previous signature registered signature comparing, which allows it to an e-commerce server a user identity authentication. 也可以使用其它生物统计学来证实身份。 You can also use other biometrics to verify identity. 这个网页笔的一个版本包括指纹扫描,其证实方法与这个网页登记服务器的证实方法类似。 A version of this page, including fingerprint scanning pen, similar to the method demonstrated its proven methods and registration on this page server.

虽然一个网页打印机可以发送期刊,例如早间新闻报纸,而不需要用户进行干预,但是它也可以被配置成决不发送未经请求的垃圾邮件。 While a page printer can send periodicals, such as the morning newspaper, without the need for user intervention, but it can also be configured to never send unsolicited spam. 在其优选形式中,它仅发送来自被订阅的或者是被授权的源的周期性杂志。 In its preferred form, it is only to be transmitted from the periodic magazine subscription or authorized sources. 从这个角度来说,这个网页打印机与一个传真机或者电子邮件帐号是不同的,传真机或者电子邮件帐号对任何垃圾邮件发送者是可见的,并且垃圾邮件发送者知道这个电话号码或者电子邮件地址。 From this perspective, this page printer with a fax or e-mail account is different, fax or e-mail account for any spammer is visible, and spammers know this phone number or e-mail address .

1网页系统结构使用一个统一的模型语言(UML)类图来描述每一个对象模型。 A web-based system architecture uses a unified modeling language (UML) class diagrams to describe each object model. 一个类图包括通过关系而连接在一起的一组对象类,这里对两类关系感兴趣:相关和一般化。 A class diagram includes a set of object classes connected together through relationships, where the relationship between the two types of interest: relevance and generalization. 一个相关表示在对象之间的某种关系,即在类的实例之间的关系。 A correlation indicates a relationship between objects, i.e. between instances of classes relationship. 一个一般化涉及实际的类,并且可以使用下面的方法来进行理解:如果一个类被认为是这个类所有对象的集合,并且类A是类B的一个一般化,然后,简单地说,B就是A的一个子集。 A generalization relates actual classes, and can use the following approach to understand: if a class is considered to be the set of all objects of that class, and class A is a generalization of class B, and, simply said, B is A is a subset. 这个UML不直接支持第二级模型-即,关于类的类。 The UML does not directly support the second stage of the model - that is, the class about the class.

每一个类被表示为一个标有该类的名字的矩形。 Each class is represented as a labeled name of the class rectangle. 它包括一个该类的属性的列表,与名字之间是用水平线分开的,并且包括一个类的操作列表,与这个属性列表之间是用一个水平线分开的。 It includes between list, and the name of a class attribute is separated by a horizontal line, and includes a list of operations of a class, and between the attribute list by a horizontal line is separated. 但是在随后的类图中,操作决不进行模型化。 However, in a subsequent class diagram, the operation never modeled.

一个相关被表示为连接了两个类的一条线,可选地,可以在任何一端标上相关的多重性。 A correlation is represented as a line connecting the two classes, optionally, can be related to multiplicity on either end superscript. 这个缺省的多重性是1。 The default is a multiplicity. 一个星号表示多重性为“很多”,即,零或者更多。 An asterisk indicates a multiplicity of "many", that is, zero or more. 每一个相关被可选地标上其名字,并且可选地,在其任何一端标上相应类的角色。 Each correlation is optionally landmarks on its name and, optionally, the role of the corresponding class label at either end thereof. 一个中心为空的菱形表示一个聚合相关(“是其一部分”),并且被画在这个相关线的聚合者端。 A center for the empty rhombus represents a polymerization-related ("is part of"), and is drawn in the relevant line of the terminal of polymerization.

一个一般化的关系(“是一个”)被表示连接两个类的一条实线,在其一般化端有一个箭头(中心为空的三角形)。 A generalization relationship ("a") connecting the two classes is represented by a solid line, at its end there is a generalization arrow (center empty triangles).

当一个类图被分为多个图时,被复制的任何一个类被用一个虚线来进行显示,除了定义这个类的主图外。 When a class diagram is divided into a plurality of maps, any class that is being copied by a dashed line to be displayed, in addition to the primary definition of this class of outer FIG. 仅在其定义的位置显示了类的属性。 Only in its definition of the position display the attributes of the class.

1.1网页网页是在其上建立一个网页网络的基础。 1.1 a web page is the foundation on which the web network. 它们提供了一个基于纸张的、面向出版信息和交互式业务的用户接口。 They provide a paper-based, service-oriented publishing information and interactive user interface.

一个网页包括一个打印页面(或者其它表面区域),并且附带着对这个页面的在线描述的不可见的索引。 A web page consists of a printed page (or other surface area), and comes with invisible index online description of this page. 这个在线页面描述被一个网页页面服务器进行永久的维护。 This online page description is permanently maintained a web page server. 这个页面描述描述了这个页面的可见布局和内容,包括文本的,图形和图象的。 The page description describes the visible layout and content of this document, including, graphics, and images of text. 它也描述这个页面上的输入部件,包括按钮,超级链接,和输入字段。 It also describes the input section on this page, including buttons, hyperlinks, and input fields. 一个网页允许使用一个网页笔在其表面上进行标记,而同时被这个网页系统所捕获与处理。 Allows the use of a web page a web page pen mark on the surface thereof, while being capture and process the netpage system.

多个网页可以共享相同的页面描述。 A plurality of pages can share the same page description. 但是,为了允许能够将通过相同页面而进行的输入区别开来,每一个网页被分配了一个唯一的页面标识符。 However, in order to allow the distinction can be input through the same page to perform the opening, each web page is assigned a unique page identifier. 这个页面ID具有足够多的精度来区别数量很多的网页。 This page ID has to distinguish the number of a lot of pages enough accuracy.

到这个页面描述的每一个索引在一个打印的标记中被进行编码。 Each index page to this description in a printed tag is encoded. 这个标记标识了其上出现了这个标记的这个唯一页面,由此间接地识别了这个页面描述。 This tag identifies it appeared on this page, the only marker, thereby indirectly identifies the page description. 这个标记也标识其自己在这个页面上的位置。 This tag also identifies its own position on this page. 下面更详细地描述了这些标记的特征。 Are described in more detail below these markers characteristic.

标记被使用对红外线能够进行吸收的墨水打印在任何能够反射红外线的衬底上,例如普通的纸张上。 Tag is capable of using the infrared absorbing ink printed on any substrate capable of reflecting infrared rays, such as ordinary paper. 近红外线波长对人眼是不可见的,但是很容易被具有一个合适滤波器的一个固态图象传感器所探测到。 A solid-state image sensor for a near-infrared wavelengths are invisible to the human eye, but is easy to be a suitable filter having the detected.

一个标记被在这个网页笔中的一个区域图象传感器所探测,并且这个标记数据被通过最近的网页打印机发送到这个网页系统。 A marker pen on this page is in a region of the image sensor is detected, and the tag data is transmitted via the nearest netpage printer to the netpage system. 这个笔通过一个短距离无线链路与这个网页打印机进行通信,并且通信是无线的。 This pen through a short-range wireless link to this page printer to communicate and the communication is wireless. 标记是足够地小,并且被足够密集地排列,以致即使在页面上进行一单个点击,这个笔也能够可靠地对至少一个标记进行成象。 Tag is sufficiently small, and are sufficiently densely arranged, so that even if a single click on the page, the pen can reliably image forming at least one tag. 重要的是,每一次与这个页面进行交互式通信时,这个笔能够识别出这个页面ID和位置,因为交互式通信是无状态的(stateless)。 Importantly, every time this page interactive communication, the pen can recognize the page ID and position, since interactive communication is stateless (stateless). 这些标记被进行了能够纠正错误的编码,以使它们能够部分地容忍对表面的损害。 These markers are carried out to correct the error coding, so that they can partially tolerate surface damage.

这个网页页面服务器为每一个打印网页维持一个唯一的页面实例,这允许它能够为每一个打印网页的页面描述的输入字段维持不同的、用户所提供的值。 This web page for each print server to maintain a unique web page instance, which allows it to be able to enter the field for each print web page description of the maintenance of different values provided by the user.

在网页描述,页面实例,和打印网页之间的关系被显示在图4中。 Page description of the relationship between page instances, and between print pages are displayed in Figure 4. 这个页面实例与打印它的这个网页打印机和请求它的这个网页用户,如果知道的话,均相关。 Examples of this page print this page printer and its request to its users on this page, if known, are related.

1.2网页标记1.2.1标记数据内容在一个优选的形式中,每一个标记标识它所出现的区域,和该标记在这个区域中出现的位置。 1.2 1.2.1 tag page tag data content in a preferred form, each tag identifies the region in which it appears, and the location of the marker present in this area. 一个标记也包括与整个区域或者与这个标记相关的一个标识。 A tag also includes an identification of the entire region or associated with the tag. 一个或者多个标识比特可以,例如,向一个标记探测设备发送信号来提供表示与这个标记的近邻区域相关的一个功能的反馈,而不需要这个探测设备参考这个区域的一个描述。 One or more bits may be identified, for example, to a mark detection device sends a feedback signal to provide a representation associated with a neighboring region of the marker function, without the need for a detection apparatus is described with reference to this region. 一个网页笔,例如,可以让一个“激活区域”LED发光,当其在一个超级链接的区域中时。 A web pen, for example, can make a "active area" LED light, while at a hyperlink area.

如下面将更清楚地解释的,在一个优选实施方式中,每一个标记包括一个容易被识别的固定不变的结构,它有助于初始时的检测,并且可以帮助使这个表面或者这个探测过程所引入的任何弯曲所造成的影响减少到最小。 As will be more clearly explained below, in a preferred embodiment, each tag comprises a fixed structure of an easily identifiable, it helps to detect the initial time, and can help make the surface or the detection process reduce any effects caused by the bending introduced to a minimum. 优选地,这些标记平铺在整个页面中,并且足够地小和足够密集地被排列,以致即使在页面上进行一单个点击,这个笔也能够可靠地对至少一个标记进行成象。 Preferably, these tags tile the entire page, and sufficiently small and dense enough to be arranged, so that even if a single click on the page, the pen can reliably image forming at least one tag. 重要的是,每一次与这个页面进行交互式通信时,这个笔能够识别出这个页面ID和位置,因为交互式通信是无状态的。 Importantly, every time this page interactive communication, the pen can recognize the page ID and position, since interactive communication is stateless.

在一个优选的实施方式中,一个标记所指向的这个区域与整个页面一致,并且所以,在这个标记中被进行编码的这个区域ID与这个标记出现在其中的这个页面的页面ID是同义的。 In one preferred embodiment, a marker is directed to this region is consistent with the entire page, and therefore, in this tag is subjected to the region ID encoded in the tag and which appear on the page ID of the page is synonymous . 在其它的实施方式中,一个标记所指向的这个区域可以是一个页面或者其它表面的一个任意子区域。 In other embodiments, a marker is directed to this region may be a page or other surface of an arbitrary sub-region. 例如,它可以与一个交互式部件的区域一致,在这个情形下,这个区域ID可以直接地标识出这个交互式通信部件。 For example, it may coincide with the zone of an interactive component, in this case, the region ID can directly identify the interactive communication means.

表1-标记数据 Table 1- tag data

每一个标记包括120个比特的信息,典型的分配如表1中所显示的。 Each tag includes 120 bits of information, typically allocated as shown in Table 1. 假设一个最大的标记密度是每平方英寸是64个标记,一个16比特的标记ID支持的区域大小可以达到1024平方英寸。 Assuming a maximum tag density of 64 per square inch mark, a 16-bit tag ID supports a region size of up to 1024 square inches. 更大的区域可以进行连续的映射,而不需要增加标记ID的精度,而是简单地使用相邻区域和地图。 A larger area can be mapped continuously without increasing the tag ID precision, but simply use the adjacent area and the map. 100比特的区域ID允许可以唯一识别2100个(~1030或者一百万兆万兆万)不同的区域。 100-bit area ID uniquely identifies allow 2100 (~ 1030 Gigabit Gigabit or one hundred million) in different regions.

1.2.2标记数据编码这个120比特的标记数据可以被使用一个(15,5)的里得索罗门码进行冗余编码。 1.2.2 marks the 120-bit data encoding tag data can be used by a (15,5) Reed-Solomon code of redundant code. 这实现了360个编码比特,包括6个码字,每个码字是15个4比特的符号。 This realizes 360 coded bits, including six codewords, each codeword is a 15 4-bit code. 这个(15,5)码允许在每一个码字中可以有5个符号错误可以被纠正,即,它能够容忍的符号错误速率为每一个码字33%。 The (15,5) code allows each codeword can have five symbol errors can be corrected, i.e., it can tolerate the symbol error rate of 33% per codeword.

每一个4比特符号以一个空间相关的方式被表示在这个标记中,并且这6个码字的符号在这个标记中被进行空间交织。 Each 4-bit symbol to a space-related manner are shown in this tag, and six codeword symbols in this tag are spatially interleaved. 这可以确保一个突发错误(能够对多个空间上相邻的比特产生影响的一个错误)对整个符号的破坏符号数目最小,并且在任何一个码字中的符号数目最小,这样可以使突发错误被完全纠正的可能性达到最大。 This ensures that a burst error (an error can have an impact on a plurality of spatially adjacent bits) of the number of destruction of the whole symbol of the minimum symbol, and the number of symbols in any one codeword minimum, this could make the burst the possibility of error is fully corrected maximized.

可以使用任何合适的纠错码来替代一个(15,5)的里得索罗门码,例如,其冗余度更多或者更少的里得索罗门码,而具有相同的或者不同的符号和码字大小;另外的块编码;或者一个不同类型的编码,例如一个卷积码(见,例如Stephen B.Wicker,Error Control Systems forDigital Communication and Storage,Prentice-Hall 1995,其内容在这里被用作交叉参考)。 May have any suitable alternative to an error correction code (15,5) of the Reed Solomon code, for example, which more or less redundancy Reed Solomon code, and the same or different Another block coding;; symbol and codeword sizes or a different type of coding, such as a convolutional code (see, e.g. Stephen B.Wicker, Error Control Systems forDigital Communication and Storage, Prentice-Hall 1995, the contents of which are herein used as a cross reference).

1.2.3物理标记结构这个标记的物理结构表示被显示在图5中,其物理结构包括固定的目标结构15,16,17和可变的数据区域18。 1.2.3 Structure The physical structure of the physical mark mark represents is shown in Fig. 5, the physical structure includes a fixed target structures 15, 16, 18 and variable data areas. 固定的目标结构允许一个探测设备,例如这个网页笔能够检测到这个标记,并且推断出它相对于这个传感器的3维方向。 The fixed target structures allow a detection device, such as the netpage pen can detect this mark, and infer its three-dimensional direction with respect to the sensor. 这个数据区域包括这个被编码标记数据的独立比特的表示。 This area includes the data bits to be represented independently coded mark data.

为了实现正确的标记再生,这个标记被再现为256256点的分辨率。 To achieve proper tag reproduction, the tag is reproduced as the resolution of 256 256 dots. 当以每英寸1600个点的精度进行打印时,这实现了一个直径为4毫米的一个标记。 When the accuracy of 1,600 dots per inch printing, which implements a mark of a diameter of 4 mm. 使用这个分辨率,这个标记被设计成被其半径为16点的一个“安静区域”所围绕。 With this resolution, the flag is designed to be a radius of 16:00 in a "quiet area" surrounded. 因为这个安静区域也是由相邻标记作贡献的。 Because this is a quiet area marked by adjacent contribute. 所以它仅给这个标记的有效直径增加了16点。 So it is only to increase the effective diameter of the mark of 16 points.

这个标记包括6个目标结构。 This tag includes six target structures. 一个检测环15允许这个探测设备能够在开始就检测到这个标记。 A detection ring 15 allows the detection device to detect this in the start tag. 这个环是很容易被检测的,因为它是圆型的并且是固定不变的,并且对其长宽比进行一个简单的纠正就去除了大部分透视畸变的影响。 This ring is easily detected, since it is round and is fixed, and its aspect ratio be a simple go except to correct distortion affect most perspective. 一个方向轴16允许这个探测设备能够确定这个标记的大致水平方向,因为这个传感器的偏转。 An orientation axis 16 allows the detection device to determine the substantially horizontal direction of this mark, because the deflection of the sensor. 这个方向角是不对称的,以实现一个唯一的方向。 The direction angle is asymmetric in order to achieve a unique direction. 4个透视目标17允许这个探测设备推断出这个标记的一个准确的2维透视变换,因此可以推断出这个标记相对于这个传感器的一个准确的3维位置和方向。 4 a perspective targets 17 allow the detection of this device to infer an accurate two-dimensional marker perspective transformation, it can be inferred that this tag with respect to a sensor accurate three-dimensional position and orientation.

所有的目标结构均是足够冗余的和足够大的,以改进它们的抗噪声的能力。 All target structures are sufficiently redundant and large enough to improve their ability of anti-noise.

整个标记的形状是圆形的。 Entire tag shape is circular. 除了其它方面,这在一个不规则的三角格栅中支持了最佳的标记包装。 Among other aspects, this supports the best marker packaged in an irregular triangular grille. 与这个圆形的检测环一起,这使在这个标记中的一个圆形数据比特结构为最佳结构。 This together with the circular detection ring, this makes a mark in the circular structure of the data bits for the best structure. 为了使其尺寸最大化,每一个数据比特被用一个径向的楔表示,这个楔的形式是被两个径向线和两个同心圆弧所围绕而成的一个区域。 In order to maximize the size of it, each data bit is represented by a radial wedge, the wedge is in the form of an area by two radial lines and two concentric circular arcs are formed around the. 每一个楔的最小尺寸在1600dpi时是8个点,并且被设计成以使其基点(其内圆弧)至少与最小尺寸相等。 The minimum size of each wedge in 1600dpi time is 8 points, and is designed so as to point (its inner arc) at least equal to the minimum size. 这个楔在径向上的高度总是等于最小尺寸。 The height of the wedge in the radial direction is always equal to the minimum size. 每一个4比特数据符号用一个22楔的阵列来表示。 Each 4-bit data symbols with an array of 2 2 wedges represented.

6个码字中每一个码字的这15个4比特数据符号被分配到4个同心符号环18a到18d中,并且分配方式是交织的。 6 yards words in each codeword of the 15 four-bit data symbols are allocated to four concentric symbol rings 18a to 18d, and the distribution is interleaved. 符号被交替地、围绕这个标记以圆形前进的方式而进行分配。 Symbol are alternately around the mark in a circular forward and allocated.

设计交织的目的使在相同码字的任何两个符号之间的平均空间距离最大。 The purpose of the design so interwoven between any two symbols of the same codeword maximum average spatial distance.

为了支持通过一个探测设备与一个被标记区域进行的“单点击”交互式作用,这个探测设备必须能够在其视场中看到至少一个完整的标记,不管在这个区域的哪一个位置或者位于哪一个方向上。 In order to support a detection device with an area marked "single click" interactive role, this detection device must be able to see at least one entire tag in its field of view, regardless of the position in which the region or in which in one direction. 所以,这个探测设备的视场的所需要直径是这些标记的尺寸和距离的函数。 Therefore, the required diameter of the field of view of the detection device is a function of the size and distance of these markers.

假设这个视场是一个圆形的,当这些标记被排列在一个等边三角形格栅上时,这个传感器的视场的最小直径就可以获得了,如图6中所显示的。 Assuming that this is a circular field of view, when these marks are arranged in an equilateral triangle on the grid when the minimum diameter of the sensor field of view can be obtained, as shown in Figure 6.

1.2.4标记图象处理和解码这个标记图象处理和解码是被一个探测设备,例如图7中所显示的网页笔,执行的。 1.2.4 tag image processing and decoding the tag image processing and decoding is performed by a detection device, such as shown in FIG. 7 pages pen executed. 当一个被捕获图象被从这个图象传感器中获得时,就确定了这个图象的动态范围(在20)。 When a captured image is obtained from the image sensor, to determine the dynamic range of the image (20). 然后,这个范围的中心被选择作为这个图象的二进制阈值21。 Then, the center of this range is selected as the binarization threshold value of the image 21. 然后,这个图象被进行阈值处理并且被分段成连接的点区域(即,形状23)(在22)。 Then, the image is subjected to threshold processing point and is segmented into connected regions (i.e., shapes 23) (at 22). 尺寸太小以致不能够表示标记目标结构的形状被丢弃。 Small size that it can not represent the shape of the target structure labeled discarded. 每一个形状的尺寸和质心也被计算出来。 The size and shape of each centroid is also calculated.

然后,对每一个形状计算出(在24)二进制形状矩(shape moment)25,并且这些提供了随后对目标结构进行定位的基础。 Then, for each shape is calculated (in 24) the binary shape moments (shape moment) 25, and these provide the basis for the subsequent positioning of the target structure. 从本质上说,中心形状矩是与位置无关的,并且可以很容易地被做成与尺寸大小,长宽比和旋转无关。 In essence, the center position has nothing to do with the shape of the moment, and can easily be made with the size, aspect ratio and rotation unrelated.

环的目标结构15被首先定位出来(在26)。 Ring target structure 15 is first positioned out (at 26). 一个环的优点在于当发生了透视畸变时,可以很好地进行工作。 Advantages of a ring that occurs when the perspective distortion, can work very well. 在进行匹配以前,对每一个形状的矩进行长宽比的归一化和旋转归一化。 During the match before, for the moment each shape were normalized aspect ratio and rotation normalization. 一旦其二阶矩被归一化,这个环就很容易被识别出来,即使透视畸变非常严重。 Once its second-order moments are normalized, the ring can easily be identified, even very serious perspective distortion. 环的初始长宽比和旋转27一起提供了对这个透视变换的一个有用近似。 The initial aspect ratio and rotating ring 27 provides this perspective transformation together a useful approximation.

下面对轴向目标结构16进行定位(在28)。 Below 16 for axial positioning target structure (28). 在进行匹配以前,对每一个形状的矩进行环的归一化,并且对所产生的矩进行旋转归一化。 When matching previously, each shape of rectangular ring-normalized, and of the moments generated by the rotary normalized. 一旦其二阶矩已经被归一化了,其轴向目标结构就可以很容易地被识别。 Once its second-order moments have been normalized, and its axial target structure can easily be identified. 注意,在区分轴方向为两个可能方向中哪一个方向时就需要使用3阶矩。 Note that the distinction between axis of two possible directions you need to use third-order moments during which one direction. 这个形状被故意地朝一侧倾斜以使可能区别出方向。 The shape is deliberately tilted toward one side in order to make possible to distinguish the direction. 另外,注意,仅仅在对它进行了环的归一化后,才能够对轴向目标进行旋转归一化,因为透视畸变可以隐藏轴向目标的轴方向。 Also, note that it was only in the ring after a normalization of, the target to be able to axially rotate normalized, because the perspective distortion can hide the axis target's axis. 这个轴向目标的初始旋转提供了一个有用的、对标记因为笔的偏转29而旋转的一个近似。 The goal of the initial rotational axis provides a useful, because the mark 29 while rotating the pen deflection of an approximation.

4个透视目标结构17是最后一个需要被定位的(在30)。 Four perspective target structures 17 are the last needs to be positioned (at 30). 根据它们与环和轴向目标环的方位(aspect)和旋转,以及轴向的旋转之间已知的空间关系,可以很好地估计计算位置。 According to their position with the ring and axial target ring (aspect) and rotation, as well as between the rotation axis of the known spatial relationship, a good estimate of the computed position. 通过将好的归一化应用到每一个形状矩来进行匹配。 By good normalized moment applied to each shape to match. 一旦其二阶矩被归一化了,就很容易识别出圆形的透视目标,并且最靠近每一个估计位置的目标也被认为是匹配的。 Once its second-order moment is normalized, and it is easy to identify the circular perspective targets, and the target closest to each estimated position is also considered a match. 然后,4个透视目标的初始质心被认为是在标记空间中一个已知尺寸的平方的透视畸变角31,并且在求解了涉及4个标记空间和图象空间点对的已知方程后,就可以推断出(在32)一个8自由度的透视变换33(见Heckbert,P.,Fundamentals of Texture Mapping and Image Warping,MasterThesis,Dept.Of EECS,U.Of California at Berkley,Technical Report No.UCB/CSD 89/516,June 1989,其内容在这里被用作参考)。 Then, four perspective target initial centroid is considered in the tag space perspective view of a known square of the size of the distortion angle 31, and in solving the space and markers involving four points on the image space after the known equation, it can be inferred (at 32) a perspective transform 33 8 degrees of freedom (see Heckbert, P., Fundamentals of Texture Mapping and Image Warping, MasterThesis, Dept.Of EECS, U.Of California at Berkley, Technical Report No.UCB / CSD 89/516, June 1989, the contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference).

所推断出来的、从标记空间到图象空间的透视变换被用于将标记空间中的每一个已知数据比特位置投影(在36)到图象空间中,其中实数值位置被用于双线性内插(在36)输入图象中的4个相关相邻点。 The inferred from tag space to image space perspective transform is used to mark space each known data bit position of the projection (36) to image space, wherein the real-valued position is used for two-wire the interpolation (at 36) the four input image associated adjacent dots. 前面计算出来的图象阈值21被用于对结果进行阈值处理,而产生最终的比特值37。 The previous calculated image threshold 21 is used to threshold processing results, and to produce the final bit value 37.

一旦已经使用这个方法获得了所有360个数据比特37,6个60比特里得索罗门码字中的每一个被进行解码(在38)来获得20个解码比特39,或者总共120个解码比特。 Once this method has been used to obtain all 360 data bits 60 Petrie was 37,6 months Solomon code words each of which is decoded (at 38) to obtain 20 decoded bits 39, or 120 decoded bits in total . 注意,以码字的顺序来对码字符号进行采样,以使在采样过程中,就暗暗地完成了对码字的去交织。 Note to the codeword sequence to sample the codeword symbols to make the sampling process, it secretly completed codeword go intertwined.

仅在该图象的子区域中来寻找这个环目标15,该图象区域与这个图象的关系可以确保,如果发现了该环,该环就是一个完整标记的一部分。 Only in the sub-region of the image to find the ring target 15, the relationship between the image and the image of the region to ensure that, if we find the ring which is part of a complete tag. 如果没有发现一个完整的标记并且成功地解码出这个标记,然后,就不记录当前帧的笔位置。 If a complete tag is not found and successfully decoded the marker, then, not the current position of the stylus frame. 如果有足够的处理能力和理想的一个不是最小的视场193,就可以使用一个替代的策略来在当前图象中寻找另一个标记。 If there is enough processing power and is not ideal for a minimum field of view 193, can use an alternative strategy to look for another tag in the current image.

所获得的标记数据表示包括该标记的区域的标识身份和标记在这个区域中的位置。 The obtained tag data indicates the identity and includes identification label area of the mark position in this region. 然后,就可以从对这个标记进行的透视变换33和在笔的物理轴与笔的光学轴之间的已知空间关系来推断(在34)出这个笔尖在区域中的确切位置35,以及笔的整体方向35。 Then, this marker can be performed from the perspective transform 33 and a known spatial relationship between the optical axis of the pen and the pen's physical axis between the inferred (at 34) the exact location of the pen tip in the region 35, and the pen The overall direction of 35.

1.2.5替代的标记结构上面所描述的这个标记结构是被设计成支持非平面表面的标记的,在非平面表面中对标记进行规则平铺是不可能的。 The mark structure as described in 1.2.5 above alternative label structure is designed to support the non-planar surface of the marker, the non-planar surface of the tag tiling rules is impossible. 在可以对标记进行规则平铺的平面表面的最通常情形下,即,例如纸张的表面或者类似的,可以使用能够利用平铺的规则特性的更有效的标记结构。 Under most normal circumstances can be marked rules tiled planar surface, i.e., e.g., paper surface or the like, may be used to take advantage of the characteristics of the rules of tiling more efficient tag structures.

图6a显示了带4个透视目标17的一个正方标记4。 Figure 6a shows a square with four perspective targets 17. The tag 4. 在结构上,它与在美国专利5051746中被Bennett等等所描述的标记的结构类似。 Structurally, it is similar to the structure of the mark in U.S. Patent No. 5,051,746 is described in Bennett and the like. 这个标记表示60个4比特里得索罗门符号47,共240比特。 This mark indicates that 60 4 Petrie was Solomon symbol 47, a total of 240 bits. 这个标记将每一个比特表示为一个点48,并且每一个零比特就用所缺的相应点来表示。 The tag represents each one bit as a dot 48, and each zero bit by the corresponding point on the missing expressed. 这些透视目标被设计成被相邻的标记所共享,如图6b和6c所显示的。 The perspective targets are designed to be shared between adjacent tags, as shown in Figure 6b and 6c shown. 图6b显示了16个标记的一个正方平铺,并且显示了视角193的相应最小视场,这必须横跨两个标记的对角线。 Figure 6b shows a square 16 labeled tile, and shows a perspective corresponding minimum field of view 193, which must span the diagonals of two tags. 图6c显示了9个标记的一个正方平铺,为了说明的目的,包括所有的比特1。 Figure 6c shows a square mark 9 tile, for purposes of illustration, includes all 1 bits.

使用一个(15,7)里得索罗门码,标记数据的112个比特被冗余地进行编码而产生240个编码比特。 Using a (15,7) Reed Solomon code, 112 bits of tag data are redundantly encoded to produce 240 encoded bits. 这4个码字在这个标记内被进行空间交织,以具有最大的抗突发错误的能力。 Four codewords within this tag are spatially interleaved, so as to have maximum capability for burst errors. 假定如前面的一个16比特的标记ID,这允许一个区域ID有多达92的比特。 As previously assumed a 16-bit tag ID, which allows a region ID has up to 92 bits.

这个标记的数据承载点48被设计成不与其邻居相互重叠,以使标记组不能够产生类似目标的结构。 Data bearing point 48 of the tag are designed to not overlap their neighbors, so that the marker group can not produce structures similar objectives. 这也节省了墨水。 This also saves ink. 所以,这些透视的目标允许检测这个标记,所以,就不需要其它的目标。 Therefore, detection of these perspective targets allow this mark, so, do not need other objects. 标记图象处理被进行处理,如上面的部分1.2.4所描述的,除了省略步骤26和28外。 Marked image processing are processed, as described in the above section 1.2.4, in addition to omit steps 26 and 28.

虽然这个标记可以包括一个方向特征来允许区分这个标记相对传感器的4个可能方向,但是也可以在标记数据中嵌入方向数据。 Although the indicia may include a feature to allow discrimination between the direction of the tag relative direction sensor 4 may, but can also embed orientation data in the tag data. 例如,4个码字可以被安排成,以使每一个标记方向包括被放置在该方向上的一个码字,如图6d所显示的,其中每一个符号被用其码字的号(1-4)和这个符号在码字中的位置(AO)进行标记。 For example, four codewords can be arranged so that each tag is placed on the direction comprising the direction of a code word, shown in FIG. 6d, where each symbol is the number with its codeword (1- 4), and the symbol position in the codeword (AO) mark. 然后,标记解码包括解码在每一个方向上的一个码字。 Then, mark decoding includes decoding in each direction of a codeword. 每一个码字也可以包括表示它是否是第一码字的一单个比特,或者表示它是哪一个码字的两个比特。 Each codeword may also include indicating whether it is the first codeword of a single bit or two bits which indicates that it is a codeword. 后一个方法的优点是,如果,即,仅需要一个码字的数据内容,然后,最多就只需要解码两个码字来获得所希望的数据。 Advantage of the latter method is that if, i.e., only data content of a code word, then, at most, only two codewords need to be decoded to obtain the desired data. 这可以是这样的情形,如果区域ID在一个笔画内不会发生改变时,这样就仅需要解码一个笔画的开始。 This may be the case, if the region ID does not change within a stroke, so that only the required decoding start a stroke. 在一个笔画内,仅包括标记ID的码字是所希望的。 Within a stroke, only the tag ID includes a code word is desirable. 另外,因为传感器装置在一个笔画内的旋转改变比较慢,并且可以被预测出来,所以典型地,每一个帧仅需要解码一个码字。 Further, since the rotation sensor device vary within a stroke is relatively slow, and can be predicted, so that typically, each frame needs to decode only one codeword.

有可能,不需要透视目标,而相反,仅依靠能够进行自登记的数据表示。 Possible, no perspective target, but on the contrary, relying only capable of self-registered data representation. 在这个情形下,每一个比特值(或者多比特值)被典型地用一个明确的点符号来表示,即,不用缺一个点符号来表示一个0比特值。 In this case, each bit value (or multi-bit value) is typically represented, i.e., without missing a dot notation a 0 bit value with a definite point symbol. 这可以确保数据格栅可以被很好地放置,这样,就允许这个格栅可以被可靠地识别,并且允许其透视畸变被检测出来,并且在数据采样中随后进行纠正。 This ensures that the data grid may be well placed, so that it allows the grid may be reliably identified, and allowed to perspective distortion is detected, and the data sampled subsequently corrected. 为了允许检测标记边界,每一个标记数据必须包括一个标记图案,这些必须被进行冗余地编码以允许可靠地检测。 In order to allow the detection of mark boundaries, each tag data must contain a marker pattern, these must be redundantly encoded to allow reliable detection. 这样的标记图案的开销与明确表示的透视目标的开销类似。 The overhead of such marker pattern with overhead perspective view similar to the target clearly indicates. 一个这样的方法使用了被放置在相对格栅顶点的各种点位置上的点来表示不同的点符号,因此可以表示不同的多比特值(见Anoto TechnologyDescription,Anoto April 2000)。 One such method uses a grid vertex is placed at the opposite positions on the various points of the point to indicate different point symbol, and therefore may represent different multi-bit values (see Anoto TechnologyDescription, Anoto April 2000).

1.2.6标记图对一个标记进行解码就产生了一个区域ID,一个标记ID,和一个与标记相关的笔变换。 1.2.6 signature of a tag decoding produces a region ID, a tag ID, and a tag associated with the pen transform. 在标记ID和与标记相关的笔位置被转换成在这个标记区域中的一个绝对位置以前,这个标记在该区域中的位置必须是已知的。 In the tag ID associated with the label and the pen position is converted into an absolute position in this region in the previous tag, this tag location in the region must be known. 这是通过一个标记图而给出的,这个标记图的功能是将一个标记区域中的每一个标记ID映射到一个相应的位置。 This is achieved by a signature and given the signature function is a marker region for each tag ID is mapped to a corresponding location. 这个标记图类图被显示在图22中,它作为网页打印机类图的一部分。 The signature class diagram is shown in Figure 22, page printer as part of the class diagram.

一个标记图反映了用标记将这个表面排列满的一个方法。 A signature reflects a method mark this surface arranged full. 并且这个排列方法可以根据表面类型的不同而不同。 The arrangement and method according to the different type of surface to another. 当多个标记区域共享了相同的排列方法和相同的标记编号方法时,它们也可以共享相同的标记图。 When a plurality of marks arranged in the region share the same methods and the same tag numbering scheme, they can also share the same signature.

用于一个区域的一个标记图必须是可以通过区域ID进行检索的。 A signature for a region must be able to be retrieved by the region ID. 这样,给出一个区域ID,一个标记ID和一个笔变换,就可以检索这个标记图,并且这个标记ID可以被变换成在该区域内的一个绝对标记位置,并且与标记相关的笔位置可以被增加到这个标记位置以获得笔在该区域内的一个绝对位置。 Thus, given a region ID, a tag ID and a pen transform, the tag can retrieve the map, and the tag ID can be transformed into an absolute tag location within the region, and the mark can be related to the position of the pen added to this tag location to get the pen in a region of the absolute position.

这个标记ID具有一个结构,该结构能够通过标记图帮助标记的翻译。 This tag ID has a structure that can help translate marked by signature of the structure. 例如,取决于不同的表面类型,它可以对笛卡尔坐标或者极坐标进行编码。 For example, depending on the type of surface, it can be Cartesian or polar coordinates encoded. 这个标记ID结构被这个标记图所支配并且对这个标记图来说是已知的,与不同标记图相关的标记ID所以可以具有不同的结构。 This tag ID structure is dominated by the signature and the signature on this are known, with different signature tag ID can be associated with a different structure.

1.2.7进行标记的方法两个不同的表面编码方法是比较有意思的,这两个方法均使用在这个部分中前面所描述的标记结构。 1.2.7 Method of labeling two different surface coding method is more interesting, these two methods are used in this section, the tag structure described earlier. 优选编码方法使用“表示位置的”标记,如已经讨论的。 Preferably the coding method uses "indicates the position of the" mark, as already discussed. 一个替代的编码方法使用表示对象的标记。 An alternative coding method using numerals object.

一个表示位置的标记包括一个标记ID,当通过与标记区域相关的标记图而进行变换时,这个标记ID获得了在该区域中的一个唯一的标记位置。 A mark indicating position comprises a tag ID, when associated with the marker region by signature and transform, the tag ID to obtain a unique tag location in the area. 笔的、与标记相关的位置被增加到这个标记位置以获得笔在该区域内的位置。 Pen, associated with the marker position is added to this tag location to obtain the position of the pen in the region. 这依次又被用于决定笔相对于在与该区域相关的页面描述中的一个用户接口部件的位置。 This in turn is used to determine the pen with respect to the region associated with the location of a page description in the user interface component. 不仅用户接口部件本身被标识,而且也标识了相对于这个用户接口部件的一个位置。 Not only the identified user interface component itself, but also with respect to the identity of the user interface component of a location. 所以,表示位置的标记可以很容易地捕获在一特定用户接口部件中的区域中的一个绝对笔路径。 Therefore, a mark indicating the position of the region can be easily captured in a particular user interface component of an absolute pen path.

一个表示对象的标记包括直接标识在与该区域相关的页面描述中的一个用户接口部件。 A represents a direct labels include object identification associated with the region in the page description of a user interface component. 这个用户接口部件中的区域中的所有标记标识了这个用户接口部件,使它们均是一致的,并且所以也是不可区分的。 This user interface component in the region of all the tags identifies the user interface component, so that they are consistent, and so is indistinguishable. 所以,表示对象的标记不支持对一个绝对笔路径的捕获。 Therefore, a mark indicating the object does not support the capture of an absolute pen path. 但是,它们能够支持对一个相对笔路径的捕获。 However, they can support the capture of a relative pen path. 只要位置采样频率超过了所遇到的标记频率的两倍,在一次点击中从一个采样笔位置到下一个位置的偏移量可以被准确地确定出来。 As long as the location of the sampling frequency of more than twice the labeled frequency encountered in one click from one sample to the pen position offset to the next position can be accurately determined it.

使用任何一个进行标记的方法,这些标记的功能都是与网页上作为用户交互式通信部件的相关视觉部件进行合作,这样一个用户可以使用一个合适的探测设备与打印页面进行交互式作用,以通过这个探测设备读取标记数据并且在网页系统中产生一个合适的响应。 Use any marked way, these functions are labeled on the page as a user with an interactive visual communication component parts related to cooperate, so a user can use a suitable detection equipment and print pages for interactive role by The detection device to read the tag data and generate an appropriate response on the page system.

1.3文档和页面描述图25和26显示了一个文档和页面描述类图的一个优选实施方式。 1.3 Document and page description 25 and 26 shows a preferred embodiment of a document and page description class diagram.

在这个网页系统中,用3个层次来描述一个文档。 In this web page system, with three levels to describe a document. 在最抽象的层次上,文档836具有一个等级结构,其终端部件839与内容对象840,例如文本对象,文本类型的对象,图象对象,等等相关。 At the most abstract level, the document 836 has a hierarchical structure, its terminal parts 839 and 840 content objects, such as a text object, the object type text, images, objects, and so relevant. 一旦这个文档在使用一个特定的页面大小的打印机上并且根据一特定用户的缩放因子优选项被打印出来,这个文档被编上页号并且也被进行格式化。 Once this document in the use of a specific printer page size and according to a particular user's preferences scaling factor is printed, this document is compiled on the page number and is also formatted. 格式化终端部件835在某些情形下将与那些不同于那些与它们相应终端部件相关的内容对象的内容对象相关,特别地,在内容对象是与风格(style)相关的地方。 Formatting the terminal member 835 will be associated with those different from those associated with their corresponding terminal member of the content object content object in some cases, in particular, in content and style of the object is (style) where relevant. 一个文档和页面的每一个打印实例也被分开进行描述,以允许通过一特定页面实例830而捕获的输入的记录可以与通过该相同页面描述的其它实例而捕获的输入的记录分开。 Recording each print a document and page instance is also described separately, to allow recording by a particular page instance 830 and the input can be captured through other instances of the same page description captured input separately.

在这个页面服务器上的最抽象文档描述的出现允许一个用户能够请求一个文档的拷贝,而不需要被强迫接受源文档的特定格式。 Allows a user to request a copy of the most abstract document in the document appears on the page server described, without being forced to accept the source document's specific format. 这个用户可以通过使用一个不同纸张大小的打印机来请求一个拷贝,例如。 The user can use a different paper size to request a copy of the printer, for example. 相反,在这个页面服务器上的格式化文档描述的出现允许这个页面服务器能够有效地解释用户对一特定打印页面进行的动作。 Instead, the document describes the format appears on this page server allows the page server to efficiently interpret user actions on a particular page of print.

一个格式化文档834包括一组格式化的页面描述5,每一个页面描述5包括一组格式化的终端部件835。 A formatted document 834 includes a set of formatted page descriptions 5, each page description 5 includes a set of formatted terminal part 835. 每一个格式化终端部件在这个页面上具有一个空间的扩展或者区域58。 Each formatted terminal member has an extension on this page or area of a space 58. 这定义了输入部件,例如超级链接和输入字段的激活区域。 This defines the input components, such as hyperlinks and active area of the input field.

一个文档实例831与一个格式化文档834相应。 A document instance 831 and 834 corresponding to a formatted document. 它包括一组页面实例830,每一个页面实例830与这个格式化文档的一个页面描述5相应。 It includes a set of page instances 830, 830 for each instance of a page with a page that describes the format of the document corresponding 5. 每一个页面实例830描述了一单个唯一的打印网页1,并且记录了该网页的页面ID 50。 Each page 830 describes a single instance only print page 1, and recorded the web page ID 50. 一个页面实例不是一个文档实例的一部分,如果它表示一个被分开请求的页面的一个拷贝。 A page instance is not a part of the document instance, a copy is requested if it represents a separate page.

一个页面实例包括一组终端部件实例832。 Examples include a set of one page terminal 832 component instance. 仅当一个部件实例记录了与实例相关的信息,这个部件实例才存在。 Only when a component instance records related information and examples, this component instances are present. 这样,对一个超级链接部件存在有一个超级链接实例,因为它记录了一个对这个页面实例特定的交易ID55,并且对一个字段部件存在一个字段实例,因为它记录了一个对该页面实例特定的输入。 Thus, the existence of a hyperlink component has a hyperlink instance, because it records an instance of a particular transaction ID55 on this page, and there is an instance of a field component field, as it recorded instances of a particular input to the page . 但是,静态部件,例如文本流,不存在一个部件实例。 However, the static member, such as a text stream, there is not a member instance.

一个终端部件可以是一个静态的部件843,一个超级链接部件844,一个字段部件845或者一个页面服务器命令部件846,如图27中所显示的。 A terminal member may be a static member 843, a super link member 844, a field member 845 or a page server command component 846, shown in Figure 27. 一个静态部件843可以是具有一个相关风格对象(style object)854的一个风格部件847,具有相关风格化文本对象855的一个文本流部件848,具有一个相关图象部件856的一个图象部件849,具有一个相关图形对象857的一个图形部件850,具有一个相关视频剪辑对象858的一个视频剪辑部件851,具有一个相关音频剪辑对象859的一个音频剪辑部件852,或者具有一个相关描述对象860的一个描述部件863,如图28中所显示的。 A static component 843 may be associated with one object style (style object) 854 847 parts of a style, the style of the text object with associated text flow components 855 848, has an associated image component parts of an image 856 of 849 a graphic object has an associated graphic element 850 857, with an associated video clip object part of a video clip 858 851, with an associated audio clip object 859 of 852 parts of an audio clip, or a description of the object has an associated description 860 member 863, as shown in Figure 28.

一个页面实例具有一个背景字段833,它被用于记录在这个页面上所捕获的、不用于一个特定输入部件的任何数字墨水。 A page instance has a background field 833 which is used for recording on this page captured, and not for any digital ink of a particular input member.

在本发明的这个优选实施方式中,一个标记图811与每一个页面实例相关来允许这个页面上的标记被变换到这个页面上的位置。 In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, a signature 811 associated with each page instance to allow tags on the page is converted to a location on the page.

1.4网页网络在一个优选实施方式中,一个网页网络包括一个分布式的、网页页面服务器10,网页注册服务器11,网页ID服务器12,网页应用服务器13,网页出版服务器14,和网页打印机601的集合,这些服务器是通过一个网络19,例如互联网而连接在一起的,如图3中所显示的。 In a preferred embodiment, a web page includes a distributed network, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 601 page collection of web publishing printer server web application server web web 1.4 web page server web page registration server ID server These servers 19, such as the Internet are connected together through a network, as shown in Figure 3.

这个网页注册服务器11是记录在用户,笔,打印机,应用和出版之间的关系的服务器,由此对各种网络活动进行授权。 This page registration server 11 is recorded in the server relationship between users, pens, printers, applications, and published between, thereby authorizes various network activities. 它对用户进行认证,并且在应用交易中担当代表被认证的用户的签名代理。 It authenticates users, and served as the representative of the authenticated user's signature proxy application transactions. 它也提供了硬件识别服务。 It also provides hardware recognition service. 如上面所描述的,一个网页页面服务器10保存了关于页面描述和页面实例的永久信息。 As described above, a web page server 10 saves information about permanent page description and page instances. 这个网页网络包括任何数量的页面服务器,每一个页面服务器处理页面实例的一个子集。 This network includes any number of page servers pages, each page server handling a subset of page instances. 因为一个页面服务器也维持每一个页面实例的用户输入,所以客户,例如网页打印机将网页输入直接发送到合适的页面服务器。 Since a page server also maintain user input for each page instance, clients, such as Web page input printer will be sent directly to the appropriate page server. 这些页面服务器解释任何相对于相应页面的描述的这种输入。 These pages describe the server interprets any relation to the corresponding page of this input.

一个网页ID服务器12根据需要分配文档ID51,并且通过其ID分配方法来在页面服务器之间提供负载均衡。 12 According to a web server needs to allocate ID document ID51, and through its ID allocation method to provide load balancing between servers page.

一个网页打印机使用互联网分布式名字系统(DNS),或者类似的系统,来将一个网页页面ID 50解析为处理相应页面实例的网页页面服务器的网络地址。 A page printer uses the Internet Distributed Name System (DNS), or a similar system to a web page ID 50 resolved to deal with the corresponding web page server network address of the page instance.

一个网页应用服务器13是其上装有交互式网页应用的一个服务器。 13 is a web application server on a server with its interactive web applications. 一个网页出版服务器14是将网页文档出版给网页打印机的一个应用服务器。 14 is a web publishing server will publish a document to a web application server, web printer. 它们在部分2中将被详细地描述。 They are described in detail in section 2 will.

网页服务器可以被安装在很多网络服务器平台上,例如IBM,惠普公司,和Sun公司所生产的网络服务器平台。 Web Server can be installed on many network server platforms, such as IBM, Hewlett-Packard, and Sun produced a network server platform. 多个网页服务器可以同时运行在一单个主机上,并且一单个服务器也可以分布到多个主机上。 Multiple web servers can be run simultaneously on a single host, and a single server can be distributed to multiple hosts. 网页服务器所提供的某些或者全部功能,特别是ID服务器和页面服务器所提供的功能,也可以被直接提供在一个网页应用工具,例如一个网页打印机中,一个计算机工作站中,或者被提供在一个局域网上。 Some or all of the functions provided by the web server, in particular the ID server and the page server is provided, which can also be provided directly in a web application tool, such as a page printer, a computer workstation, or provided in a LAN.

1.5网页打印机网页打印机601是注册到这个网页系统中的一个应用工具,并且根据需要或者根据订阅来订阅网页文档。 1.5 page printer page printer 601 is registered to this page system is an application tool, and according to need or according to subscribe to subscribe to web documents. 每一个打印机具有一个唯一的打印机ID 62,并且通过一个网络,例如互联网,理想的是一个宽带连接,被连接到这个网页网络。 Each printer has a unique printer ID 62, and through a network, such as the Internet, preferably a broadband connection, is connected to the web network.

除了被保存在非挥发性存储器中的、关于身份和安全设置的信息外,这个网页打印机不包括永久的保存信息。 In addition to being stored in non-volatile memory, information about the identity and security settings, the printer does not include the page permanently stored information. 就一个用户来说,“这个网络是一个计算机”。 To a user, "This network is a computer." 在这个分布式网页页面服务器10的帮助下,网页通过空间与时间来进行交互式的通信,而与特定的网页打印机无关。 In this distributed help web page server 10, the web through the space and time for interactive communication, regardless of the specific page printer.

网页打印机从网页出版服务器14接收订阅的网页文档。 Page printer receives subscriptions from Web Publishing Server 14 pages document. 每一个文档被分成两个部分:页面布局,和用来填充页面的文本和图象对象。 Each document is divided into two parts: the page layouts, and to fill the page of text and image objects. 因为有个性化,页面布局典型地是对一个特定用户而具体化的,所以通过合适的页面服务器被单播给用户的打印机。 Because of personalization, page layouts are typically for a specific user and specific, so the sheet printer broadcast to users via the appropriate page server. 另一方面,文本和图象对象典型地是与其它用户进行共享的,所以被多播给所有用户的打印机和合适的页面服务器。 On the other hand, text and image objects are typically shared with other users, and so are multicast to all users of the printers and the appropriate page servers.

网页出版服务器对文档内容的分段进行优化,以进行单播和多播。 Web publishing server segment content of the document is optimized for unicast and multicast. 在接收到单播的一个文档页面布局后,这个打印机就知道需要侦听哪一个多播,如果有的话。 After receiving unicast a document page layout, the printer needs to know which one multicast listener, if any.

一旦这个打印机已经接收到完整的定义了需要被打印的这个文档的页面布局和对象,它就能够打印这个文档。 Once the printer has received the complete definition of the page layout and objects that need to be printed in this document, it will be able to print this document.

这个打印机可以进行光栅化操作,并且同时在纸张的两面打印奇数页和偶数页。 This printer can be rasterized operation, and at the same time on both sides of the paper to print the odd and even pages. 它包括双向打印引擎控制器760和使用用于这个目的的MemjetTM打印机头的打印引擎。 It comprises a bi-directional print engine controllers 760 and used for this purpose MemjetTM printer head print engine.

这个打印过程包括两个分开的阶段:页面描述的光栅化,和页面图象的扩展和打印。 The printing process consists of two separate stages: rasterization of page descriptions and page image expansion and printing. 光栅图象处理器(RIP)包括一个或者多个并行工作的标准的DSP 757。 Raster image processor (RIP) comprises one or more parallel working standard DSP 757. 这个双向打印引擎控制器包括定制处理器,它实时地扩展,抖动和打印页面图象,并且与打印引擎中的打印机头的操作同步。 The bi-directional print engine controller includes custom processor, which extend in real time, jitter and print page images, and synchronized with the operation of the print engine of the printer head.

不能够进行IR打印的打印机具有使用吸收IR的黑墨水来打印标记的选项,虽然这将标记局限在页面的其它空白区域中。 IR can not be performed with the use of a printer to print black ink absorption IR option to print the mark, the other blank area although this will mark confined page. 虽然与用IR打印的页面相比,这样的页面具有更局限性的功能,但是它们仍然可以被分类为网页。 Although compared with using IR printed page, the page has more limitations such functions, but they can still be classified as a Web page.

一个正常的网页打印机将网页打印在纸张上。 A normal web page printer will print on paper. 更特殊的网页打印机可以打印更特殊的表面,例如球面。 More particular page printer can print more special surface, such as spherical. 每一个打印机支持至少一个类型的表面,并且对每一个表面类型支持至少一个标记排列方法,由此可以形成一个标记图。 Each printer supports at least one surface type, and supports at least one tag for each permutation method of the surface type, which can form a signature. 这个标记图811描述了实际被使用来打印一个文档的标记排列方法,并且与该文档相关,以使这个文档的标记可以被正确地理解。 This marker is described in Figure 811 is used to actually print a document markup arrangement method, and associated with the document, so that the document's tags can be correctly understood.

图2示出了网页打印机类图,反映了与打印机相关的、被网页网络上的一个注册服务器11所维持的信息。 Figure 2 shows a page printer class diagram, reflecting, was 11 printer-related information maintained by a registration server on the network's website.

在下面的部分6中,参考图11到16更详细地描述了这个网页打印机的一个优选实施方式。 In the following section 6, referring to FIG. 11 to be described in more detail a preferred embodiment of this page printer 16.

1.5.1MemjetTM打印头这个网页系统可以使用用各种数字打印技术制造的打印机来进行工作,包括热喷墨打印机,压电喷墨打印机,激光电子照象技术,和其它类型的打印机。 1.5.1MemjetTM printhead system may be used to print this page using a variety of digital techniques for the manufacture of the printer, including thermal inkjet printers, piezoelectric inkjet printers, laser electronic photographic technology, and other types of printers. 但是,为了使消费者能够广泛地接受,理想的是,一个网页打印机应具有下面的特征:照片质量的彩色打印高质量的文本打印高可靠性打印机成本低墨水成本低纸张成本低操作简单打印噪声很低打印速度高同时能够进行双面打印紧凑的形状因子功率消耗低目前还没有商用的打印机技术能够满足所有这些特征。 However, in order to enable consumers to be widely accepted, it is desirable that a page printer should have the following features: photo-quality color printing high-quality text printing with high reliability and low cost printer ink costs low low cost of paper printing simple noise high print speed is very low at the same time capable of duplex printing compact form factor power consumption is low there is no commercial printer technology to meet all of these features.

为了生产具有这些特性的打印机,本发明申请已经发明了一个新的打印技术,称作MemjetTM打印技术。 In order to produce the printer having these characteristics, the present application has invented a new print technology, referred MemjetTM printing technology. MemjetTM是根据需要而进行滴墨的喷墨打印技术,其打印头的宽度与纸张相同,并且是使用微电子机械系统(MEMS)技术来制造的。 MemjetTM is performed as needed droplets of ink-jet printing technology, the print head is the same as the width of the paper, and the use of microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) technology to manufacture. 图17显示了用一个MemjetTM打印头做的一单个打印部件300。 Figure 17 shows a print head with a MemjetTM do a single print unit 300. 这个网页墙壁安装打印机包括了168960个打印部件300来形成一个1600dpi页宽的双向打印机。 This page includes a wall mount printer parts 300 168 960 print page width to form a bi-directional printer 1600dpi. 这个打印机同时打印深蓝色,品红色,黄色,黑色,和红外墨水及纸张调节剂与墨水固定剂。 This printer also print dark blue, magenta, yellow, black, and infrared ink and paper and ink fixative modifier.

这个打印部件300大约是110微米长,32微米宽。 The printing unit 300 is approximately 110 microns long and 32 microns wide. 这些打印部件阵列是被形成在一个硅衬底301上,这个硅衬底包括CMOS逻辑电路,数据传送,定时,和驱动电路(没有显示)。 These arrays are printed elements formed on a silicon substrate 301, the silicon substrate includes a CMOS logic, data transfer, timing, and a driving circuit (not shown).

这个打印部件300的主要部件是喷嘴302,喷嘴缘边303,喷嘴腔304,流体密封305,墨水管道缘边306,杠杠臂307,有源传动机构梁对308,无源传动机构梁对309,有源传动机构固定器310,无源传动机构固定器311,和墨水注入口312。 The main components of the printing nozzle member 300 is 302, the nozzle rim 303, 304 nozzle chamber, fluid seal 305, ink duct rim 306, a lever arm 307, the active transmission beam of 308 passive actuator beam 309, The active actuator anchor 310, the passive actuator anchor 311, and the ink injection port 312.

这个有源传动机构梁对308是通过机械的方式在连接点319被连接到无源传动机构梁对309。 The active actuator beam pair 308 is by mechanical means at the connection point 319 is connected to a passive actuator beam 309. 这两个梁对均被固定在它们相应的固定点310和311。 The two beams are fixed on a fixed point in their respective 310 and 311. 部件308,309,310,311和319组合在一起形成了一个悬臂式热电弯曲传动机构320。 Parts and 319 together to form a combination 308,309,310,311 cantilever bending thermoelectric actuator 320.

图18显示了一个打印部件300阵列的一个小部分,包括一个打印部件300的一个横切面部分315。 Figure 18 shows a small part of an array of printing member 300 includes a cross-section of a print member 300 of section 315. 这个横切面部分315被显示为没有墨水,以清楚地显示通过硅晶片301的这个墨水注入口312。 The cross-section of portion 315 is shown as no ink, to clearly show the silicon wafer 301 by the ink injection port 312.

图19(a),19(b),和19(c)显示了一个MemjetTM打印部件300的工作周期。 Figure 19 (a), 19 (b), and 19 (c) shows the operating cycle of a MemjetTM print member 300.

图19(a)显示了在打印一个墨水微滴以前,墨水弯液面316的静止位置。 Figure 19 (a) shows a previously printed ink droplets, the rest position of the ink meniscus 316. 墨水被墨水弯液面316的表面张力维持在喷嘴腔内,并且被维持在形成在喷嘴腔304和墨水管道缘边306之间的流体密封305中。 The ink is the ink meniscus 316 to maintain the surface tension in the nozzle chamber, and is maintained in the fluid chamber 304 is formed between the nozzle and the ink duct sealing rim 306 305.

在进行打印时,打印头CMOS电路将数据从打印引擎控制器分发到正确的打印部件,锁存这个数据,并且缓存这个数据,以驱动这个有源传动机构梁对308的电极318。 When printing, the printhead CMOS circuitry distribute the data from the print engine controller to the correct printing member, the latched data, and the data cache, in order to drive the active actuator beam pair 308 of electrode 318. 这促使一个电流通过这个梁对308并且电流的持续时间大约为1微秒,这就产生了焦耳热效应。 This prompted a current through the beam on the 308 and the current duration of about 1 microsecond, which resulted in the Joule heating effect. 焦耳热效应所产生的温度升高促使梁对308进行膨胀。 Joule heating effect generated by the temperature rises to 308 cause the beam to expand. 因为这个无源传动机构梁对309没有被加热,所以它不会进行热膨胀,这导致在这两个梁对之间存在有应力差异。 Because of this passive actuator beam 309 is not heated, so it will not carry out the thermal expansion, which leads to stress differences exist between these two beams on. 这个应力差异部分地是通过热电弯曲激励器320的悬臂末端朝衬底301进行弯曲而得到消散。 This stress difference in part by a thermoelectric actuator 320 is bent toward the end of the cantilever bending of the substrate 301 and get dissipated. 这个杠杠臂307将这个运动传送到喷嘴腔304。 The arm 307 Leverage this movement is transmitted to the nozzle chamber 304. 喷嘴腔304移动大约2个微米到如图19(b)所显示的这个位置。 Nozzle chamber 304 is moved about 2 microns to FIG. 19 (b) shown in this position. 这增加了墨水的压强,迫使墨水321喷出喷嘴302,并且促使墨水的弯液面316凸出。 This increases the ink pressure, forcing ink 321 of the discharge nozzle 302, and causes the ink meniscus 316 protrudes. 喷嘴缘边303避免墨水弯液面316扩展到喷嘴腔304的表面。 Nozzle rim 303 to avoid ink meniscus 316 extends to the surface 304 of the nozzle chamber.

当梁对308和309的温度相等时,激励器320返回到其初始位置。 When the beams 308 and 309 of the temperature is equal, the actuator 320 returns to its initial position. 这有助于墨水微滴317与在喷嘴腔中的墨水321断开,如图19(c)中所显示的。 This helps the ink droplet 317 and the ink in the nozzle chamber 321 is disconnected, as shown in Figure 19 (c) are shown. 这个喷嘴腔受弯液面316的表面张力的作用而重新被注满。 The nozzle chamber by surface tension of the meniscus 316 and re-filled.

图20显示了一个打印头350的一段。 Figure 20 shows a section of the print head 350. 在一个网页打印机中,打印头的长度是纸张在方向351上的满宽度(典型地是210mm)。 In a page printer, the print head is a full width in the direction of the sheet 351 (typically 210mm). 所显示的段是0.4mm长(一个完全的打印头的大约0.2%)。 Segment shown is 0.4mm long (a complete printhead approximately 0.2%). 当进行打印时,这个纸张在方向352上进行移动并且通过固定的打印头。 When printing, the paper is moved in the direction 352 and by a fixed print head. 这个打印头具有6行叉指形排列的打印部件300,打印由墨水注入口312所提供的6个颜色的或者6个类型的墨水。 The printhead has 6 rows of interdigitated printing section 300 are arranged, the printing by the ink inlet 312 provided six colors or six types of inks.

为了在工作期间保护打印头的脆弱表面,一个喷嘴保护薄片330被连接到这个打印头长度301。 In order during operation to protect the fragile surface of the print head, a nozzle connected to a protective sheet 330 is the length of the print head 301. 对每一个喷嘴302来说,有一个相应的喷嘴保护孔331,通过这个孔,墨水微滴被发射出去。 For each nozzle 302, there is a corresponding nozzle guard hole 331 through the hole, the ink droplets are emitted. 为了避免喷嘴保护孔331被纸张纤维或者其它碎片所阻塞,在进行打印期间,被过滤的空气通过空气注入口332被泵浦进来并且从这个保护孔被泵浦出去。 To prevent the nozzle guard holes 331 are paper fibers or other debris blocking, during the printing period, is filtered through the air inlet 332 and is pumped coming from the protection hole is pumped out. 为了避免墨水321变干,当打印机处于空闲状态时,打印防护装置被进行密封。 In order to avoid the ink dries 321, when the printer is idle, printing protective device is sealed.

1.6网页笔这个网页系统的有源探测设备典型地是一个笔101,它使用其中被嵌入的控制器134来通过一个图象传感器从一个页面捕获和解码IR位置标记。 1.6 the netpage system the netpage pen to detect the active device is typically a pen 101, which it uses the embedded controller 134 to capture from a page via an image sensor and decode IR position tags. 这个图象传感器是一个固体设备,并且具有一个合适的滤波器来允许仅探测近红外波长。 The image sensor is a solid device, and having a suitable filter to allow only the detection of near-infrared wavelengths. 如下面更详细描述的,这个系统能够探测到笔尖与表面的接触,并且这个笔能够以一足够的速率对标记进行探测来捕获人手写的字(即,为200dpi或者更高,和100Hz或者更快)。 As described in more detail below, this system is able to detect the contact of the tip with the surface, and the pen can be at a sufficient rate to detect markers to capture human handwriting word (i.e., for 200dpi or higher, and a 100Hz or more fast). 这个笔所捕获的信息被进行编码,并且被用无线的方式发送到这个打印机(或者基站),这个打印机或者基站使用(已知的)页面结构来理解这个数据。 This information is captured by the pen is encoded and sent to the printer (or base station) with a wireless manner, the printer or base station uses the (known) page structure to understand the data.

这个网页笔的优选实施方式既可以作为一个普通的标记墨水笔使用,也可以作为一个非标记输入笔使用。 Preferred embodiments of this page pen either as a general marker pen, can also be used as a non-marking stylus use. 然而,这个标记用途对使用作为一个浏览系统的网页系统来说不是必需的,例如当它被用作一个互联网接口时。 However, the use of the mark as a browsing system using the netpage system is not essential, such as when it is used as when an Internet interface. 每一个网页笔被注册到这个网页系统中,并且具有一个唯一的笔ID 61。 Each netpage pen is registered to the netpage system, and has a unique pen ID 61. 图23显示了这个网页笔类图,反映了这个网页网络上一个注册服务器11所维持的与笔相关的信息。 Figure 23 shows the netpage pen class diagram, reflecting a registration web page on the server to maintain information associated with the pen 11.

当笔尖与一个网页进行接触时,这个笔确定其相对这个页面的位置和方向。 When the tip in contact with a web page, this pen determine their relative position and orientation of the page. 这个笔尖被连接到一个力传感器,并且这个笔尖上的力被相对一个阈值来进行理解以表示这个笔是“抬起的”或者是“按下的”。 The tip is connected to a force sensor, and the force on the nib is relative to a threshold value to indicate that the pen is understood that "lifted up" or "pressed." 这允许通过使用笔尖来进行按压来“点击”这个页面上的一个交互式部件,以从一个网络请求,例如,信息。 This allows the use of the pen to push to "click" on an interactive component to this page to a request from a network, for example, information. 另外,这个力被作为一个连续值而进行捕获从而允许例如一个签名的全动态特性被证实。 In addition, the force is carried out as a continuous value to allow, for example, full-motion capture a signature characteristic was confirmed.

该笔通过在红外谱中对笔尖周围的页面区域193进行成象,来确定其笔尖在这个网页上的位置和方向。 Sum by the infrared spectrum of the page area around the tip 193 were imaged to determine its position and orientation of the tip on this page. 它解码最近的标记,并且根据在这个图象标记上的被观察透视畸变和这个笔的已知光学几何结构来计算这个笔尖相对标记的位置。 It decodes the nearest tag, and according to the observed perspective distortion and the marking pen in the image on the known optical geometry to calculate the position of the nib relative to the tag. 虽然这个标记的位置分辨率可能比较低,因为页面上的标记密度与标记大小成反比,但是被调节后的位置分辨率是很高的,超过了准确手写识别所需要的最小分辨率。 Although the mark position resolution may be low, because the tag density on the page is inversely proportional to the size of the mark and, but is adjusted position resolution is very high, exceeding the minimum resolution required for accurate handwriting recognition.

笔相对网页而进行的动作是作为一系列笔画而捕获的。 Action pen relative webpage conducted as a series of strokes and captured. 一个笔画包括在这个页面上的一系列标记了时间的笔位置,这是被一个笔按下的事件所触发的,并且被随后的一个抬起笔的事件所结束。 A stroke included on this page marker pen position time series, which is being pressed event triggered a pen, and is the end of a subsequent event to lift the pen. 无论何时这个页面ID改变时,在正常的情形下,页面ID的改变是在一个笔画的开始。 Whenever the page ID changes, under normal circumstances, to change the page ID is in a start stroke. 一个笔画也被标记了这个网页的页面ID 50。 A stroke also marked this web page ID 50.

每一个网页笔有与其相关的一个当前选择826,这允许这个用户能够执行拷贝和粘贴操作,等等。 Each netpage pen has a current selection 826 associated therewith, which allows the user to perform copy and paste, and so on. 这个选择被标记上了时间,以允许这个系统能够在一预定时间后丢弃这个选择。 This selection is marked on a time to allow the system to be discarded after a predetermined time this selection. 当前选择描述了一个页面实例的一个区域。 The current selection describes a region of a page instance. 它包括通过笔相对这个页面的背景区域而捕获的最近数字墨水笔画。 It includes the most recent digital ink pen strokes by the relative area of the page background and captured. 一旦它已经被通过一个选择超级链接激活而提交到一个应用时,它就被用一个与应用相关的方式进行理解。 Once it has been through a selection hyperlink activation and submitted to an application, it is carried out with an understanding and application of relevant way.

每一个笔具有一个当前的笔尖824。 Each pen has a current nib 824. 这是笔最后一次通知给这个系统的笔尖。 This is the pen nib last notified to the system. 在上面所描述的缺省网页笔的情形下,或者是标记黑墨水笔或者非标记输入笔是当前的笔尖。 In the case of the default netpage pen described above, or a labeled or unlabeled black ink pen stylus nib is current. 每一个笔也具有一个当前的笔尖风格825。 Each pen also has a current nib style 825. 这是一个应用最后将其与笔相关的一个笔尖风格,例如,对用户从一个调色板中选择一个颜色作出的响应。 This is an application which last associated with the pen tip of a style, for example, in response to the user selecting a color from a palette made. 这个缺省笔尖风格是与当前笔尖相关的笔尖风格。 The default pen style is associated with the current pen nib style. 通过一个笔而被捕获的笔画被标记上了当前的笔尖风格。 Was captured by a pen stroke is marked on the current pen style. 当笔画随后被进行再生时,它们被用标记到其上的笔尖风格来进行再生。 When the strokes are subsequently reproduced, they are marked with a pen style thereon to be reproduced.

无论何时笔在与其进行通信的一个打印机的范围内时,这个笔缓慢地闪烁其“联机”LED。 Whenever the pen is in the range of a printer communication therewith when the pen slowly flashes its "online" LED. 当这个笔不能够相对这个页面对一个笔画进行解码时,它立即激活其“错误”LED。 When the pen is not relative to this page to be able to decode a stroke, it immediately activates its "error" LED. 当这个笔成功地相对这个页面解码一个笔画时,它立即激活其“OK”LED。 When this page to decode a stroke relative success of this pen, it immediately activates its "OK" LED.

一系列被捕获的笔画被称作数字墨水。 A series of captured strokes is referred to as digital ink. 数字墨水形成了绘画和手写的数字交换的基础,形成了对手写进行联机识别的基础,并且形成了对签名进行联机证实的基础。 Digital ink forms the basis for the digital exchange of drawings and handwriting, and forms the basis for online recognition of handwriting, and forms the basis for the signature line confirmed.

这个笔使用无线通信方式,并且通过一个短距离无线链路将数字墨水发送到这个网页打印机。 The pen using wireless communication, and by a short-range wireless link transmits digital ink to the netpage printer. 被发送的数字墨水被进行加密以确保私有性和安全,并且被进行打包以进行有效的传输,但是总是在一个笔抬起的事件发生后就被清空到打印机,以确保在打印机中能够进行及时处理。 Transmitted digital ink is encrypted to ensure privacy and security, and are packaged for efficient transmission, but is always after a pen up event occurs is emptied to the printer, to ensure that the printer can be a timely manner.

当这个笔出了一个打印机的范围时,它将数字墨水缓存在内部存储器中,内部存储器的容量能够保存10分钟连续的手写。 When the pen out of range of a printer, it will cache digital ink in internal memory capacity of the internal memory can store up to 10 minutes of continuous handwriting. 当这个笔又处于一个打印机的范围内时,它发送任何缓存的数字墨水。 When in this printer a pen but also in the range, it sends any buffered digital ink.

一个笔可以注册到任何数目的打印机,但是因为所有的状态数据驻留在纸张的网页中和在网络的网页中,所以在任何特定时刻一个笔与哪一个打印机进行通信就不是特别重要。 A pen can be registered to any number of printers, but because all state data resides in the paper pages and pages on the network, so that at any given moment a pen with which a printer is not particularly important for communication.

下面在部分6中,参考图8到10来详细描述这个笔的一个优选实施方式。 In section 6 below, with reference to FIG. 8 to 10 will be described in detail a preferred embodiment of the pen.

1.7网页交互网页打印机601接收关于笔101的一个笔画的数据,当这个笔被用于与一个网页1进行交互式通信时。 1.7 interactive web page printer 601 receives data about a stroke of the pen 101, when the pen is used with an interactive web page communication. 标记4的被编码数据3被这个笔所读取,当笔被用于执行一个运动,例如一个笔画时。 3 tag is encoded data read by the pen 4, when the pen is used to perform a movement, such as when a stroke. 这个数据允许特定页面的识别标记和相关的交互式部件被确定出来,并且允许获得这个笔相对该页面的相对位置的表示。 This data allows the identification mark a particular page and associated interactive member is determined out, and allow to obtain the relative position of the pen relative representation of the page. 这个表示数据被发送到打印机,在这个打印机中,它通过DNS将笔画的页面ID 50解析为维持了相应的页面实例830的网页页面服务器10的网络地址。 This indicates that the data is sent to the printer, in this printer, through the stroke of the DNS resolves to maintain the page ID 50 of the corresponding page instance 830 of the web page server 10 in the network address. 然后,它将这个笔画发送到页面服务器。 It will then be sent to the strokes page server. 如果最近在前面的笔画中识别出了这个页面,然后,这个打印机已经在其缓冲器中有相关页面服务器的地址。 If you have recently identified in the previous strokes out of this page, and then, this printer has the relevant page of the server's address in its buffer. 每一个网页包括被一个网页页面服务器(见下面)所永久维持的一个紧凑页面布局。 Each page includes a web page server (see below) the perpetuation of a compact page layout. 这个页面布局涉及对象,例如图象,字体文本和片段,典型地被保存在网页网络中的其它地方。 This page layout involves objects such images, fonts and text fragments, typically stored elsewhere in the web network.

当这个页面服务器从这个笔接收到笔画时,它检索这个笔画应用到其上的一个页面描述,并且确定这个笔画与页面描述的哪一个部件相交。 When the server receives a page from the pen to the stroke, it retrieves the strokes applied to a page on the description, and to determine which parts of this stroke intersects with the page description. 然后,它能够根据相关部件的上下文类型来理解该笔画。 Then, it can be based on the type of the relevant parts of the context to understand that stroke.

一个“点击”是一个其中在笔放下的位置和随后笔抬起的位置之间的距离与时间均比某个小的最大值小的笔画。 A "click" is a distance in which the pen down position and the subsequent pen up position and the time between the maximum value smaller than a small stroke. 被一个点击所激活的一个对象典型地需要激活一个点击,所以,就忽略了一个长的点击。 Activated by a click on an object typically need to activate a click, so, it ignores a long click. 一个笔动作,例如一个“草率”的点击不能够进行注册可以通过缺乏笔的“OK”LED的响应而表示出来。 A pen action, such as a "sloppy" click to register can not be "OK" LED pen and a lack of response shown.

在一个网页页面描述中有两类输入部件:超级链接和表格字段。 There are two types of input parts in a web page description: hyperlinks and form fields. 通过一个表格字段而进行的输入也可以触发对一个相关超级链接的激活。 Input through a form field can also be conducted to trigger the activation of an associated hyperlink.

1.7.1超级链接一个超级链接是向一个远程应用发送消息的工具,典型地在网页系统中引出一个打印响应。 1.7.1 hyperlink on a hyperlink is a tool for sending messages to a remote application, and typically leads to a printed page system response.

一个超级链接部件844标识出处理超级链接的激活的应用71,标识到这个应用的超级链接的一个链路ID 54,要求该系统在超级链接激活中包括用户的应用别名ID 65的一个“所需要别名”标记,和当超级链接被作为一个优选项而记录或者出现在用户的历史记录中时被使用的一个描述。 A hyperlink processing component 844 identifies the hyperlink activated application 71, identifies the hyperlink to the application of a link ID 54, the requirements of the system includes a user's application alias ID 65 in the hyperlink activation "required alias "flag, and when the hyperlink is recorded as a preference or appears in the user's history of a description when it is used. 这个超级链接部件类被显示在图29中。 The hyperlink component class is shown in Figure 29.

当一个超级链接被激活时,这个页面服务器发送一个请求到这个网络中某个地方上的一个应用。 When a hyperlink is activated, the page server sends a request to the network on an application somewhere. 这个应用用一个应用ID64来进行标识,并且这个应用ID被通过DNS,使用一个正常的方法来进行解析。 This application is performed by an application ID64 identified, and the application ID is by DNS, using a normal method is to be resolved. 有3类超级链接:一般的超级链接863,表格超级链接865,和选择超级链接864,如图30中所显示的。 There are three types of hyperlinks: general hyperlinks 863, form hyperlinks 865, and select hyperlinks 864, as shown in Figure 30. 一个一般超级链接可以实现关于一个被链接文档的请求,或者可以简单地向一个服务器发送一个优选项。 A general hyperlink can be linked to a request for a document, or you can simply send a preference to a server. 一个表格超级链接将相应的表格提交给这个应用。 A form hyperlink will be submitted to the appropriate application form. 一个选择超级链接将当前的选择提交给这个应用。 Select a hyperlink to the current selection to the application submitted. 如果当前的选择包括一单个词的文本,例如,这个应用可能会返回一单个页面的文档,以给出这个词所出现的上下文中这个词所表示的意思,或者将它翻译成为一个不同的语言。 If the current selection includes the text of a single word, for example, the application may return a single page document, to give the word that appears in the context of the word meaning indicated, or will it be translated into a different language . 每一个超级链接类型的特征在于它所提交给这个应用的信息。 Each hyperlink type is characterized by its submission to the information in this application.

相应的超级链接实例862记录了一个交易ID 55,这个交易ID 55专用于这个超级链接实例所在的页面实例。 Corresponding hyperlink instance 862 records a transaction ID 55, the transaction ID 55 is dedicated to the page where the hyperlink instance instance. 这个交易ID可以标识出对这个应用的、与用户相关的数据,例如由一个购物应用为这个用户的所维持的存放待处理购买的“购物车”。 The transaction ID can identify the data related to the application and the user, e.g., by application of a cart for the user to be maintained stored for later processing "shopping cart."

这个系统在一个选择超级链接激活中包括笔的当前选择826。 The system is activated in a selection hyperlink current selection includes 826 pen. 这个系统在一个表格超级链接激活中包括相关表格实例868的内容,虽然如果这个超级链接具有其“增量提交”属性集合,仅最后一次表格提交之后的输入被包括。 This system includes the contents of the relevant forms 868 instances in a form hyperlink activation, although if the hyperlink has its "incremental Submit" attribute set, only after the last input form submission is included. 这个系统在所有的超级链接激活中包括一个有效的返回路径。 The system includes an effective return path in all hyperlink activation.

一个超级链接组866是具有一相关超级链接的一组部件838,如图31所显示的。 A hyperlink group 866 is a group of member 838 has an associated hyperlink, as shown in Figure 31 is displayed. 当通过这个组中的任何字段部件进行输入时,与这个组相关的超级链接844被激活。 When this group by any field component input, the group associated with the hyperlink 844 is activated. 一个超级链接组可以被用于将超级链接行为与一个字段,例如一个选择框进行相关。 A hyperlink can be used to set the hyperlink behavior with a field, such as a selection box for related. 它也可以与一个表格超级链接的“增量提交”属性一起,用于向一个应用提供连续的输入。 It also can be a form hyperlink "Incremental commit" attributes together, providing for application to a continuous input. 所以,它也可以被用于支持一个“黑板式”交互式模型,即,输入被捕获的地方并且所以只要它一发生就可以被共享。 Therefore, it can also be used to support a "blackboard" interactive model, i.e. where input is captured and therefore occur as long as it can be a shared.

1.7.2表格一个表格定义了用于通过一个打印网页来捕获一个相关输入集合的相关输入字段集合。 1.7.2 Form a table defines the relevant input fields are used to print a relevant web page to capture the input set collection. 一个表格允许一个用户向在一个服务器上运行的一个应用软件程序提交一个或者多个参数。 A form allows a user to submit one or more parameters to an application program running on a server.

一个表格867是在文档层次结构中的一组部件838。 867 is a table in the document hierarchy of a group of 838 parts. 它最终包括一组终端字段部件839。 It finally comprises a set of terminal field member 839. 一个表格实例868表示了一个表格的一个打印实例。 Examples of a table 868 shows a table of an example of printing. 它包括与这个表格的字段部件845相应的一组字段实例870。 It includes a table with the corresponding fields in parts 845 870 instances of a group of fields. 每一个字段实例具有一个相关值871,该相关值的类型取决于相应字段部件的类型。 Each field instance has an associated value 871, the correlation value of the type depends on the type of the corresponding field components. 每一个字段值记录了通过一特定打印表格实例的输入,即,通过一个或者多个打印网页的输入。 Each field value recorded by a particular instance of the print form input, ie, through one or more inputs to print the page. 这个表格类图被显示在图32中。 This form class diagram is shown in Figure 32.

每一个表格实例具有一个状态872,该状态872表示这个表格是否是激活的,冻结的,被提交,无效的,或者过期的。 Each instance has a state table 872, which represents 872 state whether this form is active, frozen, to be submitted, invalid, or expired. 当首先被打印时,这个表格是被激活的。 When the first print, this form is active. 一旦这个表格已经被进行了签名,这个表格就被冻结了。 Once the form has been carried out signature, this form will be frozen. 一旦一个表格的一个提交超级链接已经被激活,这个表格就变为被提交的,除非这个超级链接的“增量提交”属性被激活。 Once a form to submit a hyperlink has been activated, this form becomes to be submitted, unless the "incremental Submit" this hyperlink attribute is activated. 当这个用户调用了一个无效表格,复位表格或者复制表格页面命令时,这个表格就变为无效的了。 When the user invokes a void form, reset form or copy form page command, this form becomes invalid the. 当这个表格被激活的时间已经超过了这个表格的规定寿命时间,这个表格就变为过期的了。 When this form is activated for longer than the prescribed time this form of life, this form becomes the expired. 当这个表格处于激活状态时,允许对这个表格进行输入。 When this form is active, allowing the table to be input. 通过非激活的一个表格而进行的输入将在相关页面实例的背景字段833中被捕获。 Input through a form of non-activation carried out will be captured in the background field 833 of the relevant page instance. 当这个表格处于激活或者冻结状态时,允许提交表格。 When this form is active or frozen, allow submission form. 当这个表格不处于激活或者冻结状态时,任何提交表格的尝试将被拒绝,而相反发起一个表格状态表格。 When this form is not active or frozen, any attempt to submit the form will be rejected, while the opposite state to initiate a table form.

每一个表格实例与从其推断出的任何表格实例相关(在59),这样,提供了一个版本历史。 Each instance of a table from which to infer any form instances related (at 59), which provides a version history. 这允许除了最新的一个表格版本外的所有表格版本在一特定时间内可以被从搜寻中排除出来。 This allows all forms in addition to the latest version of a table version can be excluded from the search box within a specific time.

所有输入是作为数字墨水而被捕获的。 All input is captured as digital ink and a. 数字墨水873包括一组有时间标记的笔画组872,每一个笔画组包括一组所做的笔画875。 Digital ink 873 includes a set of time-stamped stroke groups 872, each group comprising a set of strokes made to 875 strokes. 每一个笔画包括一组带时间标记的笔位置876,每一个笔位置876也包括笔方向和笔尖的力。 Each stroke comprising a set of time-stamped pen positions 876, each pen position 876 also includes pen orientation and nib force. 这个数字墨水类图被显示在图33中。 The digital ink class diagram is shown in Figure 33.

一个字段部件845可以是一个选择框字段877,一个文本字段878,一个绘画字段879,或者一个签名字段880。 A field component 845 may be a selection box field 877, a text field 878, a 879 field painting, or a signature field 880. 这个字段部件类图被显示在图34中。 This field component class diagram is shown in Fig. 34. 在一个字段区域58中被捕获的任何数字墨水被分配到这个字段。 Any digital ink in a field region 58 is captured in this field are assigned to.

一个选择框字段具有一个相关的布尔值881,如图35中所显示的。 A selection box field has an associated Boolean value 881, as shown in Fig. 35. 在一个选择框字段区域中被捕获的任何标记(一个勾号,一个叉,一个斜杠,一个之字形,等等)可以促使一个真值被分配到这个字段的值。 Any mark in a selection box field area captured (a tick, a fork, a slash, a zig-zag, etc.) can induce a value is assigned to the true value of this field.

一个文本字段具有一个相关的文本值882,如图36中所显示的。 A text field with an associated text value 882, as shown in Figure 36. 在一个文本字段区域中被捕获的任何数字墨水被通过联机手写识别自动转换为文本,并且这个文本被分配到这个字段的值。 Any digital ink in a text field area was captured by the on-line handwriting recognition is automatically converted to text, and the text is assigned to the value of this field. 联机手写识别已经被广泛理解了(见,例如,Tappert,C.,CY,Suen和T.Wakahara写的“Thestate of the Art in On-line Handwriting Recognition”,IEEE Transactionson Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence,Vol.12,No.8,1990年8月,其内容在这里被用作交叉参考)。 On-line handwriting recognition has been widely understood (see, for example, Tappert, C., CY, Suen and T.Wakahara wrote "Thestate of the Art in On-line Handwriting Recognition", IEEE Transactionson Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, Vol. 12, No.8,1990 August, the contents of which is hereby incorporated by cross-reference).

一个签名字段具有一个相关的数字签名值883,如图37中所显示的。 A signature field has an associated digital signature value 883, as shown in FIG. 37. 在一个签名字段的区域中被捕获的任何数字墨水被根据笔的拥有者的身份而进行证实,并且包括该字段的表格的内容的一个数字签名被产生并且被分配到这个字段的值。 Any digital ink in the area of a signature is captured in the field is based on the identity of the owner of the pen and were confirmed, and includes a digital signature form content of this field is generated and assigned to the value of this field. 使用这个笔用户专用于拥有这个表格的应用的私有签名密钥来产生这个数字签名。 Use this pen to have this form of user-specific private signature key applications to generate the digital signature. 联机签名证实是被广泛地理解的(见,例如,Plamondon,R.和G.Lorette写的“Automatic SignatureVerification and Writer Identification-The State of the Art”,PatternRecognition,Vol.22,No.2,1989,其内容在这里被用作交叉参考)。 Online signature proved to be widely understood (see, for example, Plamondon, R. And G.Lorette wrote "Automatic SignatureVerification and Writer Identification-The State of the Art", PatternRecognition, Vol.22, No.2,1989, the contents of which is hereby incorporated by cross-reference).

一个字段部件被隐藏,如果其“隐藏”属性被设置。 A field member is hidden if its "hidden" attribute is set. 一个被隐藏的字段部件在页面上不具有一个输入区域,并且不接收输入。 A hidden field components on the page does not have an input zone, and does not receive input. 它可以具有一个相关字段值,并且当包括这个字段的表格被提交时,这个值可以被包括在表格数据中。 It can have an associated field value, and when the table including the field is submitted, this value may be included in the table data.

“编辑”命令,例如表示删除的删除线,也可以在表格字段中被识别出来。 "Edit" command, for example, said strikethrough deleted, can also be identified in the table field.

因为手写识别算法是联机工作的(即,使用了笔移动的动态特性),而不是“离线”的(即,仅使用笔标记的位图),所以它可以使用相对较高的准确度识别出连续写的、分开写的字符,而不需要与书写者相关的一个训练阶段。 Because the handwriting recognition algorithm is to work online (i.e., the use of the dynamic characteristics of the pen movement), rather than "offline" (i.e., using only the pen mark bitmap), it can use a relatively high accuracy identify Continuous write, write separate characters, without the need for a training phase associated with the writer. 但是在经过一段时间后,自动产生与一个书写者相关的手写模型,并且如果必要的话,可以预先产生它。 However, after a period of time, automatically generated handwriting model associated with a writer, and if necessary, it can be generated in advance.

如已经描述的数字墨水,包括一系列笔画。 Has been described as digital ink, including a series of strokes. 任何在一特定部件的区域开始的笔画被附加到这个部件的数字墨水流,并且以用于理解。 Strokes in a particular area of any part of the beginning of the digital ink stream is appended to the member, and for understanding. 任何没有被附加到一个对象的数字墨水流的笔画可以被附加到这个背景字段的数字墨水流。 Any stroke not be attached to an object's digital ink stream can be attached to the digital ink stream this background field.

在背景字段中被捕获的数字墨水可以被理解为一个选择动作。 Captured in the background field's digital ink can be understood as a selection operation. 用范围线将一个或者多个对象界定在一起通常被理解为选择了这些被用线界定的对象,虽然实际的理解是与应用相关的。 Line with the scope of one or more objects together is generally understood to define selected these objects are defined by lines, although the actual understanding is associated with the application.

表2概述了与一个网页进行的各种笔交互式通信。 Table 2 summarizes the various interactive communication with the pen of a web page.

表2 与一个网页进行交互式通信的笔的概述 Table 2 Overview of interactive communication with a page of the pen

这个系统维持每一个笔的一个当前选择。 The system maintains a current selection for each pen. 这个选择简单地包括在背景字段中最近被捕获的笔画。 The selection consists simply captured in the background field of recent strokes. 在一个非激活时间后,这个选择被清除,以确保可预测的行为。 After an inactive period, this option is cleared, in order to ensure predictable behavior.

在每一个字段中被捕获的原始数字墨水被保留在这个网页服务器上,并且当这个表格被提交给应用时被与表格数据一起可选地进行传送。 In each field to be captured raw digital ink is retained on the web server, and when the form is submitted to the application is optionally transmitted together with the table data. 这允许这个应用能够询问原始数字墨水,当它对这个初始的转换有怀疑时,例如手写文本的转换。 This allows the application can ask the original digital ink, when it doubt this initial conversion, such as converting handwritten text. 例如,这可以包括在应用层上对没有通过特定的、与应用相关的一致性检查的表格进行人为干预。 For example, this may include the application layer by the absence of a specific form, associated with the application consistency checks through human intervention. 作为这个的一个扩展是,一个表格的整个背景区域可以被指定为一个绘画字段。 As an extension of this, the entire background area of a form can be designated as a drawing field. 然后,这个应用可以根据在表格的明确字段外出现的数字墨水来决定将这个表格路由到一个人工操作员,假设这个用户可能已经在这些字段外指出了对已经填充的字段的修改。 Then, according to this application in the form of a clear field of digital ink outside appears to this table to determine the route to a human operator, it is assumed that the user may have indicated amendments to the filled in fields outside of those fields.

图38显示了处理相对一个网页的笔输入的过程的一个流图。 Figure 38 shows a flow diagram of handling pen input relative to a page process. 这个过程包括从这个笔接收(在884)一个笔画;标识(在885)笔画中的这个页面ID 50所涉及的页面实例830;检索(在886)这个页面描述5;标识(在887)这个笔画与其区域58有交叉的一个格式化部件839;判断(在888)这个格式化部件是否与一个字段部件相应,并且如果是就将所接收的笔画附加(在892)到这个字段值871的数字墨水上,理解(在893)所收集的这个字段的数字墨水,并且判断(在894)这个字段是否是一个超级链接组866的一部分,并且如果是,就激活(在895)相关的超级链接;替代地,判断(在889)这个格式化部件是否与一个超级链接部件相应,如果是,就激活(在895)相应的超级链接;替代地,在无一个输入字段或者超级链接的情形下,将所接收的笔画附加(在890)到背景字段833的数字墨水上;和将所接收的笔画拷贝(在891)到当前笔的当前选择826,这将被注册服务器所维持。 This process includes receiving from the pen (at 884) a stroke; identification (885) page strokes of the page ID 50 instances involving 830; Retrieval (at 886) the page description 5; identity (at 887) the strokes its region 58 has a cross member 839 formatted; determining (at 888) whether the formatted member corresponding to one field component, and if additional strokes will be received (at 892) to the digital ink of the field value 871 on the understanding (at 893) the digital ink collected in this field, and determines (at 894) whether the field is a part of the group, the hyperlink 866, and if so, activates (at 895) the associated hyperlink; alternative ground, is determined (at 889) whether the formatted hyperlinks member and a corresponding member, and if so, activating (895) the corresponding hyperlink; alternatively, in the absence of an input field or hyperlink case, will the receiving additional strokes (at 890) the digital ink to the background field 833; and a copy of the received stroke (at 891) to the current selection 826 of the current pen, which will be maintained by the registration server.

图38a显示了在图38所显示的过程中步骤893的一个详细流图,其中一个字段的被收集数字墨水被根据这个字段的类型而进行理解。 Figure 38a shows the steps in process 893 shown in Figure 38 a detailed flow diagram, one of the fields of digital ink is to be collected according to the type of this field and be understanding. 这个过程包括判断(在896)这个字段是否是一个选择框和(在897)这个数字墨水是否表示一个选择记号,并且如果是,就将一个真值分配(在898)到这个字段值;替代地,判断(在899)这个字段是否是一个文本字段,并且如果是,就借助合适的注册服务器将这个数字墨水转换(在900)为计算机文本,并且将这个被转换的计算机文本分配(在901)到这个字段值;替代地,判断(在902)这个字段是否是一个签名字段,如果是,就借助合适的注册服务器证实(在903)作为这个笔拥有者的签名的数字墨水,同时也借助这个注册服务器并且使用这个笔拥有者关于这个相应应用的私有签名密钥,来产生(在904)关于相应表格的内容的一个数字签名,并且将这个数字签名分配(在905)到这个字段值。 This process includes determining (at 896) whether the field is a checkbox and (at 897) whether the digital ink represents a sign is selected, and if so, will be a true value assigned (at 898) to the field value; alternatively , it is determined (at 899) whether the field is a text field, and if so, by means of a suitable registration server will convert the digital ink (900) is a computer text, and the text of the computer assigned (at 901) to be converted to the field value; alternatively, it is determined (at 902) whether the field is a signature field, and if so, by means of a suitable registration server confirms (at 903) as the pen owner's digital ink signature, but also by means of the Registration server and use this pen holders on this private signature key corresponding applications to generate (at 904) a table of contents of the corresponding figures for the signature and the digital signature will be assigned (at 905) to the field value.

1.7.3页面服务器命令一个页面服务器命令是被这个页面服务器进行本地处理的一个命令。 1.7.3 Page Server command a page server command is a command were processed locally this page server. 它直接对表格,页面,和文档实例进行操作。 It is directly on the table, the page, and the document instance to operate.

一个页面服务器命令907可以是一个无效的表格命令908,一个复制的表格命令909,一个复位表格命令910,一个获得表格状态的命令911,一个复制页面命令912,一个复位页面命令913,一个获取页面状态的命令914,一个复制文档命令915,一个复位文档命令916,或者一个获得文档状态的命令917,如图39中所显示的。 A page server command 907 may be an invalid command table 908, a copy of the order form 909, a reset command table 910, a state of order to get a table 911, a copy command page 912, a reset command 913 pages, one gets the page status command 914, a copy document command 915, a reset document command 916, or a get document status command 917, as shown in Figure 39.

一个无效的表格命令使相应的表格实例无效。 An invalid command form the corresponding form instance is invalid. 一个复制表格命令使相应的表格实例无效,并且然后使用保存的字段值来产生当前表格实例的一个激活打印拷贝。 A copy of the form table command the corresponding instance is invalid, and then use the stored field values to generate the current instance of an active form print copy. 这个拷贝包括与原始表格相同的超级链接交易ID,并且对一个应用来说,是不能够与原始表格有区别的。 This copy of the original table including the same hyperlink transaction ID, and an application, is not capable of distinguishing the original table. 一个复位表格命令使相应的表格实例无效,并且产生这个表格实例的一个激活的打印拷贝,而放弃字段值。 A reset command form the corresponding table instance invalid and generate an active instance of this form of print copies, and give up field values. 一个获得表格状态命令产生关于这个相应表格实例的状态的一个打印报告,包括谁出版了它,何时被打印的,是为谁打印的,和这个表格实例的表格状态。 The table is a status command produces a printed report on the state of the corresponding form instance, including who published it, when it was printed, for whom printing, forms the state and this table instance.

因为一个表格超级链接实例包括一个交易ID,这个应用就不得不产生一个新的表格实例。 Since a form hyperlink instance comprises a transaction ID, the application will have to generate a new form instance. 所以,请求一个新的表格实例的一个按钮典型地是作为一个超级链接而被实现的。 Therefore, requesting a new form instance is typically a button as a hyperlink is realized.

一个复制页面命令使用保存的背景字段值来产生相应页面实例的一个打印拷贝。 A copy page command to produce a print copy of the corresponding page instance with the background field value is saved. 如果这个页面包括一个表格或者一个表格的一部分,然后,这个复制页面命令就被理解为一个复制表格命令。 If this page includes a table or a part of the table, and then copy the pages of this command is to be understood as a command to copy the table. 一个复位页面命令产生相应页面实例的一个打印拷贝,而其背景字段值被丢弃。 A reset command to produce the corresponding page of a print copy of the page instance, and its background field value is discarded. 如果这个页面包括一个表格或者一个表格的一部分,然后,这个复位页面命令就被理解为一个复位表格命令。 If this page includes a table or a part of the table, then this command to reset the page to be understood as a command to reset the table. 一个获得页面状态的命令产生关于这个相应页面实例的状态的一个打印报告,包括谁出版了它,何时被打印的,是为谁打印的,和它包括的任何表格或者其部分表格的状态。 A get page status command produces a printed report on the status of the corresponding page instance, including who published it, when it was printed, for whom print, and it includes any form or part of its state table.

出现在每一个网页上的这个网页图标通常与一个复制页面部件相关。 Appears on every page of this web icons usually associated with a copy page components.

当一个页面实例被复制并且字段值被保存时,字段值被以它们原本的形式被打印,即,一个选择记号作为一个标准的选择记号图形而出现,并且文本作为排版文本出现。 When a page instance is copied and the field value is saved, the field values are in their original form is printed, that is, a select mark as a standard choice for the emergence of graphic notation, and the text appears as typeset text. 仅图和签名是以其原始形式而出现的,并且一个签名伴随有一个标准的、表示成功地通过了签名证实的图形。 Only drawings and signatures are in their original form and appearance, and a signature is accompanied by a standard, expressed successfully confirmed by the signature graphics.

一个复制文档命令使用被保存的背景字段值产生了相应的文档实例的一个打印拷贝。 A copy of the document is saved command creates a background field values corresponding print copy of the document instance. 如果这个文档包括任何表格,然后,这个复制文档命令就使用与一个复制表格命令相同的方法来复制表格。 If this document includes any form, and then use this command to copy the document table with a copy command to copy the table the same way. 一个复位文档命令产生相应文档实例的一个打印拷贝,而其背景字段值被丢弃。 A reset document command produces a printed copy of the corresponding document instance, while the background field value is discarded. 如果这个文档包括任何表格,然后,这个复位文档命令就使用与一个复位表格命令相同的方法来复位表格。 If this document includes any form, and then use this command to reset the document table with a reset command to reset the table the same way. 一个获得文档状态的命令产生关于这个相应文档实例的状态的一个打印报告,包括谁出版了它,何时被打印的,是为谁打印的,和它包括的任何表格的状态。 A get document status command produces a printed report on the status of the corresponding document instance, including who published it, when it was printed, for whom printing, the status of any form and it includes.

如果这个页面服务器命令的“在被选中后”属性被设置了,然后,这个命令对被笔的当前选择所标识的页面进行操作,而不是对包括这个命令的页面进行操作。 If the page server command's "after being selected" attribute is set, then the command is identified by the pen's current selection page to operate, rather than including this command page operation. 这允许一个页面服务器命令的菜单能够被打印。 This allows a server command menu page can be printed. 如果这个目标页面不包括关于这个指定页面服务器命令的一个页面服务器命令部件,然后,这个命令被忽略。 If the target page does not include a specific page on this server commands a page server command element, then, this command is ignored.

通过将相关的页面服务器命令部件嵌入在一个超级链接组中,一个应用可以提供与应用相关的处理。 By the relevant page server command element embedded in a hyperlink group, an application can provide application-specific processing. 这个页面服务器将激活与这个超级链接组相关的超级链接而不是执行这个页面服务器命令。 This page server activates the hyperlink associated with this hyperlink group rather than executing the page server command.

一个页面服务器命令部件被隐藏,如果其“隐藏”属性被设置了。 A page server command element is hidden if its "hidden" attribute is set. 一个被隐藏的命令部件在这个页面上没有一个输入区域,所以不能够直接被一个用户所激活。 A hidden command member on this page is not an input region, it can not be directly activated by a user. 但是,它可以通过嵌入在一个不同页面中的一个页面服务器命令而被激活,如果这个页面服务器命令的“在被选中后”属性被设置了。 However, it can be embedded in a different page in a page server command is activated, if the page server command "after being checked" attribute is set.

1.8网页的标准特征在这个优选的方式中,每一个网页的底部均打印了这个网页图标,以表示它是一个网页并且所以具有交互式通信的特性。 Standard Features 1.8 page In this preferred embodiment, the bottom of each page are printed on this page icon, to indicate that it is a characteristic of a web page and therefore have an interactive communication. 这个图标也用作一个拷贝按钮。 This icon is also used as a copy button. 在大多数情形下,按下这个图标就产生了这个页面的一个拷贝。 In most cases, pressing this icon produces a copy of this page. 在一个表格的情形下,这个按钮产生整个表格的一个拷贝。 In the case of a table, the button produces a copy of the entire table. 并且在一个安全文档的情形下,例如一个票或者赠券,这个按钮引出一个说明条或者广告页面。 And in the case of a security document, such as a ticket or coupon, this button brings up a description of article or ad pages.

这个缺省单页面拷贝能够直接被相关的网页页面服务器进行处理。 This web page server default single-page copy can be directly related to the processing. 特殊的拷贝功能通过将这个图标按钮链接到一个应用而进行处理。 Special copy function through this icon button to link to an application and processing.

1.9用户帮助系统在一个优选实施方式中,这个网页打印机具有一单个被标记为“帮助”的按钮。 1.9 user help system in a preferred embodiment, the printer has a single page is marked as "Help" button. 当按下这个按钮时,它引出一单个页面的信息,包括:打印机连接状态打印机消耗品的状态最高层帮助菜单文档功能菜单最高层网页网络目录这个帮助菜单提供了关于如何使用这个网页系统的分层次指导手册。 When you press this button, it leads to a single page of information, including: printer connection status of the printer consumables status at the highest level to help top-level menu document function menu page web directory that help menu provides information on how to use this system of sub-pages level instruction manual.

这个文档功能菜单包括了下面的功能:打印一个文档的拷贝打印一个表格的一个原始拷贝打印一个文档的状态通过选择这个文档,并且然后按下这个按钮,就激发了一个文档功能。 This document includes the following menu functions: print a document to print a copy of an original copy of the form to print a document on the status of the document by selecting, and then press the button, it inspired a document feature. 一个文档的状态表示谁出版了它和出版时间,它被发送给谁了,它随后作为一个表格被提交给谁和提交时间。 Who represents the state of a document published it and publishing time, it is sent to whom, it followed as a form is submitted to whom and submission time.

如果这个打印机不能够进行打印,很显然就不能够获得这个帮助页面。 If the printer can not print, it is clear that will not be able to get this help page. 在这个情形下,“错误”灯就被点亮并且这个用户可以通过网络请求远程诊断。 In this case, the "error" lamp was lit and the user can request remote diagnosis over the network.

2个性化的出版模型在下面的描述中,新闻作为一个标准的出版示例被用于显示这个网页系统中的个性化机制。 2 personalized models published in the following description, the press as an example of a published standard is used in this system personalized page display mechanism. 虽然新闻经常被用于狭义上的新闻报纸和新闻杂志新闻,但是本发明上下文中所指的范围更宽。 While the news is often used in a narrow sense newspapers and news magazines news, but the scope of the present context of a wider meaning.

在这个网页系统中,使用了不同的机制来对一个新闻出版中的编辑内容和广告内容进行了个性化处理。 In this web-based system, use different mechanisms to deal with a personalized news publishing the editorial content and advertising content. 这个编辑内容是根据读者的明确说明以及暗地捕获的兴趣资料而进行了个性化处理。 The editorial content is based on a clear description of the reader's interest in the information secretly captured and carried a personalized treatment. 广告内容是根据读者的地点和人口统计而进行了个性化处理。 Advertising content is based on the reader's location and demographics and is personalized treatment.

2.1编辑个性化处理一个用户可以使用两类新闻资源:那些发送新闻出版物的新闻资源,和那些发送新闻流的资源。 2.1 Editing personalize a user can use two types of news resources: news resource that send news publications, and resources that send news streams. 虽然新闻出版是被出版者所组合并且进行编辑的,但是新闻流或者可以被一个新闻出版者所编辑,或者可以被一个专业新闻收集者所编辑。 While the news is the combined publishing and editing publisher, but the news flow or it can be edited by a news publisher, or may be a professional news editors collectors. 典型地,新闻出版与传统的新闻报纸和新闻杂志相应,而新闻流可以是很多并且可以被改变:来自一个新闻服务的一个“原始”新闻,一个卡通带(cartoon strip),一个自由作家的栏目,一个朋友的布告板,或者读者自己的电子邮件。 Newspapers and news magazines typically corresponds with the traditional news publishing, and news streams can be many and can be changed: one from a news service of the "original" news section, a cartoon strip (cartoon strip), a freelance writer A friend of the bulletin board, or the reader's own e-mail.

这个网页出版服务器支持被编辑的新闻出版物的出版和多个新闻流的聚合。 This web publishing server supports aggregation of news publishing edited publications and multiple news streams. 通过对直接被读者所选择的新闻流进行聚合处理和由此进行格式化处理,这个服务器能够将广告放置在那些否则没有编辑控制的页面上。 By directly selected by readers news streams polymerization process and thus for formatting, the server is able to place ads on those pages. Otherwise, no editing control.

这个用户通过选择一个或者多个提供新闻的出版物,并且为每一个产生一个个性化的版本,就可以建立一个新闻日报。 The user selects one or more offers news publications, and for each one produces a personalized version, you can create a Newsday. 所产生的日报版本被打印并且一起被绑定到一单个新闻报纸中。 Daily generated version is printed and bound together in a single newspaper. 一个家庭的各个成员典型地通过选择不同的日报出版物并且然后对它们进行定制,来表达他们不同的兴趣和口味。 Each member of a household typically by selecting different daily publications and then customizing them to express their different interests and tastes.

对每一个出版物,这个读者可选地选择特定的部分。 For each publication, the reader optionally selects specific sections. 某些部分是每天出现的,而其它是每周出现的,来自纽约时代在线的每天出现的部分,例如,包括“头版头条(page-one-plus)”,“国家”,“国际的”,“观点”,“商业”,“艺术与生活”,“技术”,和“运动”。 Some parts are appearing every day, while the other is the emergence of a week, and some appear online every day from the New York Times, for example, including the "front page (page-one-plus)", "State", "international" , "view", "Business", "Art and Life", "technology" and "sport." 可获得的部分的集合是对一个出版物特定的,这是缺省的子集。 Aggregation section is obtainable a specific publication, which is the default subset.

这个读者可以通过产生定制部分来扩展新闻日报,每一个定制部分使用任何数目的新闻流。 The reader can be extended by Newsday produce custom parts, each part of a customized using any number of news streams. 定制部分可以是对电子邮件和朋友的通告(“个性化”)而产生的,或者被产生用于监视关于特定题目的新闻源(“提醒”或者“剪辑”)。 Custom part can e-mail friends and circulars ("personalized") arising from, or is generated on a specific topic for monitoring news source ("reminder" or "clip").

对每一个部分来说,这个读者可选地规定其大小,或者定性的(例如,短的,中等的,或者长的),或者用数字表示的(即,作为对页面数目的一个限制),和所希望的广告部分,或者是定性的(例如,高,普通,低,无),或者用数字表示的(即,作为一个百分比)。 For each section, the reader optionally the predetermined size, or a qualitative (e.g., short, medium, or long), or (i.e., as a limit on the number of the page) with a digital representation, and and the desired advertising section or qualitative (eg, high, normal, low, none), or use a digital representation (ie, as a percentage).

这个读者也可以可选地表达希望有更多数目的短文或者更少数目的长篇文章的爱好。 The reader may also optionally expressed hope that a greater number of essay or a smaller number of long article hobby. 理想地,每一篇文章被用短形式的和长形式两个方式来写(或者编辑)以支持这个爱好选项。 Ideally, every article is a short form and long form two ways to write (or edit) option to support this hobby.

一篇文章也可以以不同的版本来写(或者编辑),以满足这个读者所期望的复杂性,例如,可以提供小孩版本和成人版本。 An article can be written in different versions (or edit), in order to meet the expectations of readers complexity, for example, can provide children and adults release version. 合适的版本是根据读者的年龄来选择的。 Appropriate version is based on the age of the reader to choose. 这个读者也能够规定一个“调读年龄”,这个阅读年龄比他们的生理年龄有更高的优先级。 The reader can also specify a "tune reading age", the reading age have a higher priority than their biological age.

组成每一个部分的文章被编辑进行选择和进行优先级排列,并且每一个被分配了一个有用的寿命时间。 Every part of the article was edited selection and composition prioritize, and each is assigned a useful life time. 缺省地,它们被发送到所有相关的用户,并且是按优先级顺序发送的,并服从用户版本中的空间限制。 By default, they are sent to all users, and is sent in priority order, and subject to space limitations user version.

在合适的部分中,这个读者可以可选地进行合作滤波。 In the right section, the reader may optionally cooperate filtering. 然后,这被应用到具有足够长寿命时间的文章。 Then, it is applied to a sufficiently long life time of the article. 每一篇满足合作滤波规则的文章被打印,并且在这篇文章末尾有多个评价按钮,这些按钮提供了一个容易的选择(例如,“喜欢”和“不喜欢”),这使读者更可能操心去评价这篇文章。 Co-filtering rules to meet every one of the article was printed, and at the end of this article has multiple evaluation buttons that provide an easy choice (for example, "like" and "dislike"), which the reader is more likely worry to evaluate this article.

因此具有高优先级和短使用时间的文章被编辑认为是最需要被阅读的重要文章,并且被发送到大多数相关用户。 Therefore a high priority and a short time the article was edited considered to be the most important article needs to be read, and is sent to the most relevant users.

这个读者可选地规定了一个主题的偶然组配因子,或者是定性的(例如,给我,或者不给我一个惊奇),或者用数字表示。 The reader optionally specifies a group with the theme of accidental factors, or qualitative (eg, give me, give me a surprise or not), or represented by a number. 一个高主题的偶然组配因子降低了在合作滤波期间进行匹配所使用的阈值。 A high-topic occasional group with co-factor decreased during the match by using the filtering threshold. 一个高因子使相应的部分将被填充到读者规定的容量中的机会更多。 A high factor of the corresponding section will be filled to a predetermined capacity in the reader more opportunities. 一个不同的主题的偶然组配因子可以对周内的每天是不同的。 A different subject matter with occasional groups of weeks of daily factor can be different.

这个读者也可以可选地规定一个部分中特别感兴趣的题目,并且这修改了编辑所分配的优先级。 The reader may alternatively be a predetermined portion of the subject of particular interest, and this modifies the priorities assigned editor.

读者的互联网连接速度影响了图象被发送的质量。 Readers of the Internet connection speed affects the quality of the image is sent. 这个读者可以可选地规定一个优选项,来请求较少的图象或者较小的图象,或者同时请求这两个选项。 The reader may optionally specify a preference, to request fewer images or smaller images or simultaneously request both options. 如果图象的数目或者大小没有被减少,然后,就以较低的质量来发送图象(即,以较低的分辨率或者使用更高的压缩比例)。 If the number or size of images is not reduced, then, to be transmitted to a lower quality image (i.e., a lower resolution or with greater compression ratio).

从全球的角度来说,这个读者可以规定数量,日期,时间,和货币值如何被进行本地化。 From a global perspective, the reader can specify how the number, date, time, and currency values are localized. 这涉及规定单位是采样英制还是采样公制,一个本地时区和时间格式,和一个本地的汇率,和本地化是否在原地包括翻译或者注释。 This involves the provision or sampling units are sampled Imperial Metric, a local time zone and time format, and a local exchange, and localization is in place including translation or comments. 这些优选项缺省是从读者的地点来推断出来的。 The default preference is to infer from the readers out of place.

为了减少因视力较差而导致的阅读困难,这个读者可选地可以规定一个全局选项,以请求使用更大的外观。 In order to reduce reading difficulties caused due to poor eyesight, the reader can optionally specify a global option to request the use of a larger appearance. 文本和图象均被进行相应地放大,并且在每一页上包括较少的信息。 Text and images are enlarged accordingly and include less information on each page.

一个新闻出版物出版时所使用的语言,和其它相应的文本编码是这个出版物的一个特性,并且不是这个用户所表示的一个选项。 When publishing a news publication language used, and the other corresponding text encoding is a feature of this publication, and is not an option for this user represented. 但是,这个网页系统能够被配置成以各种外表来提供自动的翻译服务。 However, the website system can be configured to a variety of looks to provide automatic translation services.

2.2广告的本地化和目标对象编辑内容的个性化直接影响了广告的内容,因为广告典型地是被放置来利用编辑内容的上下文的。 2.2 advertising localization and target objects personalized editorial content directly affects the content of advertising, because advertising is typically placed to take advantage of editorial content context. 例如,旅游广告更可能出现在一个旅游栏目中,而不是出现在其它的地方。 For example, tourism advertising is more likely to appear in a tourism column, rather than in other places. 编辑内容对一个登广告人(和所以是对出版者)来说的价值在于它吸引具有合适人口统计的大量读者的能力。 Edit the contents of an advertiser person (and so is the publisher), it's worth lies in its ability to attract a large number of appropriate demographic readers.

有效的广告是基于地点和人口统计学的。 Effective advertising is based on the location and demographics. 地点决定了特殊服务,零售商等等的近似性,和与本地社区和环境相关的特殊兴趣与注意力。 Location determines the special services, retailers etc. approximation, and special interest with the local communities and the environment associated with attention. 人口统计学特点决定了一般的兴趣和偏见及可能的消费模式。 Demographic characteristics of the decision of the general interest and possible biases and consumption patterns.

一个新闻出版者最能够带来利润的产品是广告“空间”,该广告空间是由出版物的地理覆盖范围,其读者人数的大小,其读者人数的人口统计特性,和用于广告的页面区域所决定的一个多维实体。 A news publisher of the most profitable products can be advertising "space", the ad space is by geographical coverage of publications, its readership size, demographic characteristics of its readership, and page area for advertising a multidimensional entity of the decision.

在这个网页系统中,这个网页出版服务器在对出版物的地理覆盖范围,这个部分的读者人数,每一个读者部分编辑的大小,每一个读者的广告比例,和每一个读者的人口统计特性进行考虑的基础上,对每一个部分计算一个出版物可销售广告空间的多维尺寸。 In this web-based system, this web publishing server publications geographical coverage, the number of readers of this section, the size of each part of an audience editors, advertising proportion of each reader, and demographic characteristics of each reader to be considered on the basis of the calculation for each section a publication can sell advertising space cube sizes.

与其它媒体相比,这个网页系统允许以更大的细节来定义广告空间,并且允许分别以更小的部分来进行销售。 Compared with other media, the netpage system allows greater detail to define the advertising space, and allows smaller parts respectively to be sold. 所以,它允许以更接近真正价值的价格来销售它。 Therefore, it allows to be closer to the true value of the price to sell it.

例如,相同的广告“条”能够以不同的比例销售给几个登广告的人,而每一个读者的页面随机地接收一个登广告人或者另一个的广告,整体上来说,保持了销售给每一个登广告人的空间比例。 For example, the same advertising "bar" can be sold to several different proportions of people advertise, and each page a reader at random to receive an advertiser's ad or another person, on the whole, maintained the sales for each A proportion of people in advertising board space.

这个网页系统允许所广告的信息被直接链接到详细的产品信息和在线购买。 This web-based system allows the advertising information is directly linked to the detailed product information and online purchasing. 所以,它增加了广告空间的固有价值。 So, it increases the intrinsic value of advertising space.

因为个性化和本地化处理是被网页出版服务器自动处理的,所以一个广告聚合可以提供任意宽的地理和人口覆盖范围。 Because personalization and localization of web publishing server processing is handled automatically, so an ad aggregation can provide any broad geographic and population coverage. 随后的去聚合是有效的,因为其过程是自动的。 Subsequent to the polymerization is effective, because the process is automatic. 这使出版者在处理广告聚合体时,比直接捕获广告的性价比更高。 This allows publishers in dealing with advertising aggregates, capturing more cost-effective than direct advertising. 即使这个广告聚合占了广告收入的一部分,但是出版者也可能改变的利润中间点,因为聚合有更大的效率。 Even if the advertising account for part of the advertising revenue polymerization, but the publisher's profits may also change the intermediate point, because polymerization greater efficiency. 这个广告聚合也用作登广告人和出版者之间的一个中间角色,并且可以在多个出版物中放相同的广告。 The board is also used as an advertising polymerization intermediate role between advertisers and publishers, and you can put the same ad in multiple publications.

值得注意的是,在一个网页出版物中放一个广告可能比在出版物的传统相应部分中放广告更复杂。 Notably, put an ad in a web page publication may be more complex than ad placed in the corresponding part of the conventional publication. 虽然忽略了在登广告人,广告聚合和出版者之间进行协商的全部复杂性,但是这个网页系统的优选实施方式提供了对这些协商的某种自动支持,包括支持广告空间的拍卖。 Although overlooked among advertisers, advertisers and publishers to negotiate aggregation full complexity, but a preferred embodiment of this page system provides some automatic support for these consultations, including support for ad space auction. 对产生少量收入的广告的放置来说使用自动方式是特别可取的,例如小的或者地理性很强的广告。 Generating a small amount of advertising revenue for the use of automatic placement approach is particularly preferred, such as small or geographic strong advertising.

一旦已经协商好了广告放置,这个聚合就捕获和编辑广告并且将其记录在一个网页广告服务器上。 Once you've negotiated a good ad placement, this aggregation will capture and edit ads and records on one page ad server. 相应地,这个出版者将这个广告放置记录在相关的网页出版服务器上。 Accordingly, the publisher will be recorded in this ad is placed on relevant pages publishing server. 当这个网页出版服务器对每一个用户个性化的出版进行布局设计时,它从这个网页广告服务器中拾取相关的广告。 When this web publishing server for each user personalized publishing layout design, it picked up relevant ads from this page ad server.

2.3用户资料2.3.1信息过滤新闻和其它出版物的个性化处理依赖于与用户相关的用户资料信息的分类,包括:出版客户定制合作滤波矢量详细的联系方式展示优选项一个出版物的客户定制典型地是与出版物相关的,所以,客户定制信息是由相关的网页出版服务器所保持的。 2.3 User Data 2.3.1 Information Filtering personalize news and other publications relies on user profile information classification associated with the user, including: publishing custom cooperation filtering vector contact details show a customized preferences publication typically associated with the publication, so customized information is published by the relevant web server maintained.

一个合作滤波矢量包括这个用户对一些新闻项目的评价。 This vector includes a collaborative filtering user evaluation of some of the news items. 它被用于对不同用户的兴趣进行相关,以提供建议。 It is used for different user interest correlation, to provide recommendations. 虽然保持一单个合作滤波矢量而与任何特定的出版物无关是有利的,但是,有两个原因导致对每一个出版物保持一个独立的矢量是更实际的:相同出版物的用户的矢量之间的重叠部分比不同出版物的用户的矢量之间的重叠部分更多;和一个出版物更愿意将其用户的合作滤波矢量作为其品牌价值的一部分,而不是在其它地方。 While maintaining a single cooperative filtering vector independently of any particular publication is advantageous, however, there are two reasons for each publication maintain a separate vector is more practical: the same between the user publications vector The overlap portion than the overlapping portion of the vector between the user more different publications; Publications and a user's prefer to co-filtering vectors as part of the value of its brand, not elsewhere. 所以,合作滤波矢量也被相关的网页出版服务器所保持。 Therefore, co-filtering vector is also maintained by the associated web publishing server.

详细的联系方式,包括名字,街道地址,邮政编码,省,国家,电话号码在本质上是全球通用的,并且被一个网页注册服务器所保存。 Contact details, including the name, street address, zip code, state, country, telephone number is universal in nature, and is a registered web server save.

展示优选项,包括关于数量,日期和时间的优选项类似地也是全球性的,并且也被使用相同的方法进行保存。 Display preferences, including information on the number, date and time preferences is similarly global, and is also saved using the same method.

广告的本地化处理依赖于在用户的详细的联系方式中所指出的地点,而广告的目标依赖于个人信息,例如出生日期,性别,婚姻状态,收入,职业,教育程度,或者推断出来的数据,例如年龄范围和收入范围。 Localized advertising deal depends on the user's contact details noted in the place, and targeted advertising relies on personal information, such as date of birth, gender, marital status, income, occupation, education level, or inferred data such as age range and income range.

对那些为广告目的选择公开个人信息的用户来说,这个信息被保存在相关的网页注册服务器中。 For those who choose to disclose personal information for advertising purposes of users, this information is stored in the relevant pages registration server. 在缺乏这样的信息时,广告是根据与用户的邮政编码或者ZIP+4编码相关的人口统计特性来进行定位的。 In the absence of such information, advertising in accordance with the user's ZIP or ZIP + 4 code dependent demographic characteristics for positioning.

每一个用户,笔,打印机,应用提供者和应用被分配了其自己的唯一标识符,并且这个网页注册服务器保存了在它们之间的关系,如图21,22,23,和24中所显示的。 Each user, pen, printer, application providers and application is assigned its own unique identifier, and this website registration server keeps a relationship between them, as shown in Figure 22, 23, and 24 in the display a. 对注册来说,一个出版者是一个特殊类型的提供者,并且一个出版物是一个特殊类型的应用。 Registration is, a publisher is a special type of provider, and a publication is a special type of application.

每一个用户800可以被授权使用任何数目的打印机,并且每一个打印机可以允许任何数目的用户来使用它。 Each user 800 may be authorized to use any number of printers, and each printer may allow any number of users to use it. 每一个用户具有一单个缺省的打印机(在66),缺省地期刊杂志被发送到这个缺省打印机,而根据需要而进行打印的页面被发送到用户与其进行交互式通信的打印机。 Each user has a single default printer (at 66), default journals are sent to the default printer, and as necessary to print the page is sent to the printer user interactive communication therewith. 这个服务器跟踪一个用户授权哪一个出版者打印到这个用户的缺省打印机。 The server keeps track of a user authorized to which a publisher to print the user's default printer. 一个出版者不能够记录任何特定打印机的ID,而是当它需要时才解析这个ID。 A publisher can not record any specific printer ID, but only when it needs to resolve this ID. 该用户可能被指定对该打印机具有管理权限69,从而允许该用户授权其它用户去使用该打印机。 The user may be assigned to the printer 69 with administrative privileges, which allow the user to authorize other users to use the printer. 只有当进行这样的操作需要有对打印机的管理权限时,这才有用。 Only when performing such operations need administrative rights to the printer, this useful.

当一个用户订阅808一个出版物807时,这个出版者806(即,应用提供者803)被授权打印到一个规定的打印机或者这个用户的缺省打印机。 When a user subscribes to a publication 807 808, the publisher 806 (ie, the application provider 803) is authorized to print to a printer or the default printer users a specified. 在任何时刻,这个用户可以取消这个授权。 At any time, the user can cancel this authorization. 每一个用户可能具有几个笔801,但是一个笔是专用于一单个用户的。 Each user may have several pens 801, but a pen is specific to a single user. 如果一个用户被授权使用一个特定的打印机,然后,这个打印机就能识别这个用户的任何一个笔。 If a user is authorized to use a specific printer, then, this printer will be able to identify any of the user's pen.

笔ID被用于定位被一特定网页注册服务器所保存的相应用户情况资料,这是通过DNS使用一个通常的方法来进行的。 Pen ID is used to locate the corresponding user information is a particular case of the page stored registration server, which is the use of a conventional method carried out by the DNS.

一个万维网Web终端809可以被授权在一个特定的网页打印机上进行打印,这允许在万维网浏览期间所遇到的万维网页面和网页文档可以被方便地打印在最近的网页打印机上。 A World Wide Web terminal 809 may be authorized to print on a specific page printer, which allows browsing encountered during the World Wide Web pages and Web page documents can be easily printed on a recent web printer.

这个网页系统可以代表一个打印机提供者对在这个提供者的打印机上打印出版物所获得的收入进行费用和佣金的收取。 This web-based system can represent a printer provider of print publications on this income provider printers were obtained fees and commissions. 这样的收入包括广告费用,点击费用,电子商务佣金,和交易费用。 Such income includes advertising costs, clicks, e-commerce commissions, and transaction costs. 如果这个打印机是被用户所拥有的,然后,这个用户就是打印机提供者。 If the printer is owned by the user, then the user is the printer provider.

每一个用户也具有一个网页帐号820,这个网页帐号被用于累加微小的负债和信用(例如,在前面的段落中所描述的那些);详细的联细方式815,包括名字,地址和电话号码;全局优选项816,包括私有性,发送和本地化设置;任何数目的生物统计记录817,包括这个用户的编码签名818,指纹819,等等;被这个系统自动保存的一个手写模型819;和电子商务使用其进行付费的SET付费卡帐号821。 Each user also has a web account number 820, this page is for accumulating the account balance and credit tiny (e.g., those described in the preceding paragraph); and detailed manner linked fine 815, including name, address and telephone number ; global preferences 816, including privacy, send and locale; any number of biometric records 817, including the user's encoded signature 818, 819 fingerprints, etc; the system is automatically saved in a handwriting model 819; and E-commerce use it for paying SET 821 prepaid card account.

除了这个与用户相关的网页帐号,每一个用户也可以具有对这个用户被授权使用的每一个打印机是特定的一个网页帐号936。 In addition to this web account associated with the user, each user may have this user is authorized to use each of the printer is a page-specific account 936. 每一个与打印机相关的帐号被用于累加与这个用户对该打印机所进行的活动相关的、微小的负债和信用。 Each printer associated with this account is used to accumulate the printer user related activities carried out, the tiny liabilities and credit. 可以定期为任何剩余的负债余额向用户开收费单。 Regularly for any remaining debt balance to the user to open bills.

可选地,一个用户可以出现在网页用户目录823中,这允许其它的用户能够定位这个用户并且向其发送电子邮件等等。 Alternatively, a user may appear on the page 823 in the user directory, which allows other users to locate the user, and send e-mail, and so on.

2.4智能页面布局设计这个网页出版服务器对每一个部分均自动进行针对每一个用户的个性化出版页面布局设计。 2.4 intelligent page layout design of this website publishing server for each section are automatically published for each user's personalized page layout. 因为大多数广告是格式预定的矩形,所以在放编辑内容以前,将它们放在页面上。 Because most advertising is scheduled rectangular format, so put your edits before placing them on the page.

在这个部分的每一个页面上的广告比例可以有很大的变化范围,广告布局设计算法利用了这个比例变化特性。 Ad ratio on each page of this section may have a large range, ad layout algorithm takes advantage of this ratio variation characteristics. 这个算法被配置成将紧密联系的编辑内容和广告内容放在一起,例如将关于屋顶材料的广告特别地放在出版物中,因为具有自己动手修复屋顶的特殊特征。 This algorithm is configured to closely contact the editorial content and the advertising content together, for example on advertising in particular roofing material placed publication, because it has its own special characteristics hands repair roof.

为这个用户所选择的编辑内容,包括文本的和相关的图象与图形,然后被根据各种审美规则而进行布局设计。 For the editorial content selected by the user, including text and associated images and graphics, is then carried out according to various aesthetic rules layout.

一旦整个布局已经汇聚,整个过程,包括广告的选择和编辑内容的选择,必须被迭代以更好地实现用户所申明的栏目尺寸优选项。 Once the entire layout has been brought together, the whole process, including the selection and choose to edit the content of advertisements must be iterative user to better achieve the stated section size preference. 但是,这个栏目尺寸优选项可以是长时间内,平均来说有比较好的匹配,这允许可以在每一天进行大的变化与调整。 However, this column size preference can be a long time, on average, have a better match, which allows large changes can be adjusted every day.

2.5文档格式一旦这个文档已经被进行了布局设计,它就被为进行有效的传送分发而编码并且被有效地永久保存在这个网页网络中。 2.5 Document Format Once this document has been made layout design, it is for effective coding and transmission and distribution is effectively permanently saved in this website network.

这个基本有效的机制是将针对一单个用户版本的信息和被多个用户版本所共享的信息分开。 This basic mechanism is effective to separate by a plurality of users for information and version information of a single shared user version. 这个专门的信息包括页面布局设计。 The specific information including page layout. 共享的信息包括这个页面布局所涉及的对象,包括图象,图形,和文本片段。 The shared information includes the page layout objects involved, including images, graphics, and text fragments.

一个文本对象包括完全格式化的、使用可扩展纸张类型语言(Extensible Stylesheet Language)(XSL)以可扩展的标记语言(XML)来表示的文本。 A text object contains fully-formatted, using Extensible paper type language (Extensible Stylesheet Language) (XSL) in Extensible Markup Language (XML) to represent text. XSL提供了对文本格式的精确控制,而与这个文本所放置的区域无关,在这个情形下,文本放置区域是被布局设计所提供的。 XSL provides precise control over text format, regardless of the placement of the text area, in this case, the text area is provided by placing the layout. 文本对象包括允许自动翻译的嵌入式语言代码,和帮助段落格式化的嵌入式的、用连字符连接的暗示。 Including allowing automatic translation of text objects embedded language code, and paragraph formatting embedded help, hyphenated hint.

一个图象对象使用JPEG 2000基于小波的压缩图象格式来对一个图象进行编码。 An object image using JPEG 2000 wavelet-based compressed image format to encode a picture. 一个图形对象使用可缩放矢量图形(SVG)格式来对一个2D图形进行编码。 A graphic object using scalable vector graphics (SVG) format to encode a 2D graphics.

这个布局自己包括一系列被放置的图象和图形对象,文本对象通过其流动的被链接文本流对象,如上面所描述的超级链接和输入字段,和水印区域。 This arrangement includes a series of their own placed image and graphic objects, text objects through which the stream flows are linked text objects, such as hyperlinks and input fields as described above, and watermark regions. 这些布局对象被汇总在表3中。 These layout objects are summarized in Table 3. 这个布局使用了适合有效分发和保存的一个紧凑格式。 This layout uses for the effective distribution and preservation of a compact format.

表3 网页布局对象 Table 3, page layout object

2.6文档分发如上面所描述的,为了在这个网页网络上进行有效的分发和永久保存,一个与用户相关的页面布局被与它所涉及的共享对象分开。 2.6 document distribution as described above, in order to carry out an effective distribution network on this page and permanently preserved, one associated with the user page layout is separated and shared objects it involves.

当一个被订阅的出版物已经准备好进行分发时,这个网页出版服务器在网页ID服务器12的帮助下为每一个页面,页面实例,文档,和文档实例分配一个唯一的ID。 When a subscribed publications ready for distribution when the web page publishing server ID Server Help 12 next to each page, the page instance, document, and the document instance is assigned a unique ID.

这个服务器计算一组优化的共享内容子集,并且为每一个子集产生一个多播信道,然后将将承载这个布局所使用的共享内容的多播信道的名字标记到每一个与用户相关的布局上。 The server calculates a set of optimized shared content subset, and generates a multicast channel for each subset, then the bearer share the contents of this layout are using multicast channel name tag to each one associated with the user layout on. 然后,这个服务器通过合适的页面服务器将每一个用户的布局单播到这个用户的打印机,并且当这个单播完成时,在这个规定的信道上多播这个共享的内容。 Then, the server via the appropriate page server to each user's layouts unicast to the user's printer, and when the unicast completed, the predetermined channel in the shared multicast content. 在接收到其单播后,每一个页面服务器和打印机订阅这个页面布局中所规定的多播信道。 After receiving its unicast, each page server and printer Subscribe to this page layout as specified in the multicast channel. 在多播期间,每一个页面服务器和打印机从多播流中提取其页面布局所涉及的那些对象。 During multicasting, those objects involved in its page layout for each page server and printer extracts from the multicast stream. 这个页面服务器对所接收的页面布局和共享内容进行永久归档保存。 This page server received page layouts and share content permanently archived.

一旦一个打印机已经接收到其页面布局所涉及的所有对象,这个打印机重新产生完全排版的布局,并且然后进行光栅化处理并且打印它。 Once a printer has received all the objects to which the page layout involved, the printer re-produce a fully typeset layout and then rasterizes and prints it.

在通常的情形下,这个打印机打印页面的速度比页面分发的速度快。 Under normal circumstances, the speed of the printer prints pages faster than the page distribution. 假设每一个页面的四分之一是图象,平均页面的大小比400KB约小一点。 Assuming a quarter of each page is an image, the average page size smaller than 400KB about. 所以,这个打印机能够在其64MB存储器中保存超过100张这样的页面的内容,这允许能够进行临时缓存等等。 Therefore, this printer is able to save more than 100 such pages in its content 64MB memory, which allows the temporary buffer and the like can be performed. 这个打印机以每秒一张的速度进行打印。 The speed of a printer to be printed per second. 这相当于每秒400KB或者大约3M比特的页面数据,这可与通过一个宽带网络而实现的最高期望页面数据分发速度相比。 This is equivalent to 400KB per second, or about 3M bits of page data, which can be compared with the highest expectations of page data distribution via a broadband network speeds achieved. 甚至在异常的情形下,例如当这个打印机的打印纸用完时,很可能的是,在这个打印机的100页内部保存容量被使用完以前,用户就已经在打印机中增加了新的打印纸。 Even in the case of anomalies, such as when the printer runs out of paper, it is likely that in the past the printer's 100 internal saving capacity is used up, the user has added a new paper in the printer.

但是,如果这个打印机的内部存储器被填满了,然后这个打印机就不能够在多播第一次发生时就使用多播。 However, if the printer's internal memory is filled, then the printer will not be able to multicast first occurred on the use of multicast. 所以,这个网页出版服务器允许打印机提交关于再次多播的请求。 Therefore, this web publishing server allows printers to submit a request for re-multicast. 当接收到一个临界数目的请求或者发生超时时,这个服务器重新多播相应的共享对象。 When receiving a threshold number of requests or a timeout occurs, the server re-multicast the corresponding shared objects.

一旦已经打印了一个文档,一个打印机可以在任何时刻通过从相关的页面服务器中检索其页面布局和内容产生一个精确的复制品。 Once a document has been printed, a printer can be generated at any time by retrieving an accurate replica of the page layout and its contents from the relevant page server.

2.7文档点播当根据需要请求一个网页文档时,其个性化处理和分发的方式与期刊杂志的情形非常相同。 2.7 Documents on demand when needed to request a web page document, its processing and distribution of personalized way magazines are pretty much the same situation. 但是,因为没有共享的内容,分发是直接给请求的打印机的,而不需要使用多播。 However, because there is no shared content, distribution directly to the requesting printer without the use of multicast.

当根据需要请求一个非网页文档时,它不被进行个性化处理,并且它被通过一个指定网页格式化服务器进行分发,这个指定网页格式化服务器重新将其格式化为一个网页文档。 When necessary, request a non-page document, it is not personalize, and it is distributed through a designated web server format, this format is specified web server re-formatted document as a Web page. 一个网页格式化服务器是一个网页出版服务器的一个特殊实例。 A web server is a special instance of formatting a web publishing server. 这个网页格式化服务器了解各种互联网文档格式,包括Adobe的便携式文档格式(PDF),和超文本标记语言(HTML)。 This page is formatted to understand a variety of Internet server document formats, including Adobe's Portable Document Format (PDF), and HTML (HTML). 在HTML的情形下,它可以使用打印页面的高分辨率来以一个多栏的格式展示万维网页面,并且具有一个内容表。 In the case of HTML, it can use a high-resolution printed page comes with a multi-column format display Web pages, and has a table of contents. 它可以自动地包括所有直接被链接到这个被请求页面的万维网页面。 It can automatically include all directly linked to the requested page of the Web page. 这个用户可以通过一个优选项来调节这个行为。 The user can adjust this behavior by an excellent option.

这个网页格式化服务器进行可以在任何互联网文档上获得的标准的网页行为,包括交互性和连续性,不管其起源和格式是什么。 This page formatting standard web server behavior can be obtained on any Internet document, including interactivity and continuity, no matter what its origin and format. 它向网页打印机和网页页面服务器隐藏了不同文档格式的细节,并且向万维网服务器隐藏了网页系统的细节。 It printers and web pages to a Web page server hides the details of the different document formats, and hides the details of the web page to the web server system.

3安全性3.1加密方法加密方法被用于保护在保存中和在传送中的敏感信息,并且被用于对一个交易的参与者进行认证。 3.1 3 security encryption method is an encryption method used to protect sensitive information during storage and in transit, and is used to authenticate the participants of a transaction. 有两类广泛使用的加密方法:密钥加密方法和公钥加密方法。 There are two types of widely used encryption method: key encryption method and public key encryption methods. 这个网页网络使用了这两类加密方法。 This website uses both types of network encryption methods.

密钥加密方法,也被称作对称加密方法,使用了相同的密钥来对一个消息进行加密和解密。 Key encryption method, also known as a symmetric encryption method, using the same key to encrypt and decrypt a message. 希望交换消息的双方必须首先安全地交换这个密钥。 Both sides hope that the exchange of messages must be exchanged this key first safely.

公钥加密方法,也被称作非对称加密方法,使用了两个加密密钥。 Public key encryption method, also known as asymmetric encryption method using the two encryption keys. 这两个密钥在数学上是这样相关的,使用一个密钥被加密的任何消息仅能够被使用另一个密钥进行解密。 The two keys are mathematically related such, a key is encrypted using any message can only be used to decrypt the other key. 这些密钥中的一个然后被公开,而另一个密钥被私下保存。 These keys are then in a public, private, and the other key is saved. 这个公钥被用于加密任何希望发送到这个私钥持有者的消息。 The public key is used to encrypt any message you want to send to the holder of the private key. 一旦使用了这个公钥进行加密,一个消息仅能够使用这个私钥被进行解密。 Once this public key to encrypt a message using the private key can only be decrypted. 这样,双方可以安全地交换消息而不需要首先交换密钥。 In this way, both sides can safely exchange messages without first exchanging keys. 为了确保私钥是安全的,通常是私钥持有者产生这个密钥对。 To ensure that the private key is secure, usually a private key holder to generate the key pair.

公钥加密可以被用于产生一个数字签名。 Public key encryption can be used to generate a digital signature. 私钥持有者可以产生一个消息的已知杂凑,并且然后使用这个私钥对杂凑进行加密。 Private key holder can produce a message known hash, and then use this private key to encrypt the hash. 然后,任何人可以通过使用这个公钥对被加密的杂凑进行解密并且使用这个消息来证实这个杂凑,而证实被加密的杂凑构成了私钥所有者关于这个特定消息的签名。 Then, any one can be by using this public key to decrypt the encrypted hash and use this message to confirm that this hash, and confirmed that the encrypted hash constitutes the signature of the owner of the private key for this particular message. 如果这个签名被附加到这个消息上,然后,这个消息的接收者可以证实这个消息是真实的并且在传送过程中没有被修改。 If the signature is attached to this message, and then, the recipient of a message can confirm the news is true and has not been altered during transmission.

为了使公钥加密方法能够很好地工作,必须有一个方法来分发公钥,并且这个方法能够避免假冒。 In order to make public key encryption method can work well, there must be a way to distribute a public key, and this method can avoid counterfeiting. 这通常是使用证书和证书管理机构来完成的。 This is usually the use of certificates and certificate authority to complete. 一个证书管理机构是一个可被信任的第三方,它对在一个公钥和某个人的身份之间的连接进行认证。 A certificate authority is a trusted third party, it has a public key and the connection between the identity of an individual certification. 这个证书管理机构通过检查身份文档来证书这个人的身份,并且然后产生并且签署一个数字证书,这个数字证书包括这个人的身份细节和公钥。 The certificate authority certificate by checking identity documents to the person's identity, and then generate and sign a digital certificate, the digital certificate includes details of the person's identity and public key. 任何相信这个证书管理机构的个人可以使用这个证书中的公钥,并且完全可以确信这个公钥是真实的。 Anyone who believes that personal certificate authority can use the public key in the certificate and public key can be sure this is true. 他们仅仅需要证实这个证书确实是被这个证书管理机构所签署的,证书管理机构的公钥是众所周知的。 They just need to verify that the certificate was indeed signed by the certificate authority, a public key certificate authority is known.

在大多数交易环境下,公钥加密方法仅被用于产生数字签名,并且用于安全地交换私下会话密钥。 In most transaction environments, public-key encryption method is used only for generating digital signatures, and used to securely exchange private session key. 私钥加密方法被用于所有其它的目的。 Private key encryption method is used for all other purposes.

在下面的讨论中,当提到在一个网页打印机和一个服务器之间进行安全的信息传送时,实际上所发生的是这个打印机获得这个服务器的证书,使用这个证书的管理机构来证实这个证书,使用这个证书中的公钥交换密钥来与这个服务器交换一个私下会话密钥,并且然后使用这个私下会话密钥对这个消息数据进行加密。 In the following discussion, when it comes between a netpage printer and a server for secure information transfer, in fact, what happens is that the printer to obtain the server's certificate, using the certificate authority to verify the certificate, Using this certificate public key exchange to exchange a session key with the server privately, and then use this in private session key to encrypt the message data. 从定义来说,一个会话密钥可以有一个任意短的有效使用时间。 By definition, a session key can have an arbitrary short effective use of time.

3.2网页打印机安全性每一个网页打印机在制造时就被分配了一对唯一的标识符,这对唯一的标识符被保存在这个打印机的只读存储器中,并且被保存在这个网页注册服务器的数据库中。 3.2 web security printer every page in the manufacture of printer is assigned a unique identifier for this unique identifier is stored on the printer in read-only memory, and is stored in the server's database registration page in. 第一个ID 62是公开的,并且唯一地标识了这个网页网络上的这个打印机。 The first ID 62 is open, and uniquely identifies the printer on the network this page. 第二个ID是保密的,并且当这个打印机首先注册到网络上就被使用。 The second ID is confidential, and when the printer is first registered on the network will be used.

当这个打印机在安装后第一次连接到这个网页网络时,它产生一个签名公开/私有密钥对。 When this printer after installing the first network to connect to this page, it generates a signature public / private key pair. 它将这个私有ID和公钥安全地传送给这个网页注册服务器。 The private and public key ID will be safely transferred to the website registration server. 这个服务器将这个私有ID与被记录在其数据库中的打印机的保密ID进行比较,并且如果这两个ID匹配的话就接受这个注册。 This server will be the private ID and the recording of the printer in its database secret ID is compared, and if the two ID match, then accept this registration. 然后,它就产生和签署一个证书,这个证书包括这个打印机的公开ID和公开签名密钥,并且将这个证书保存在注册数据库中。 Then, it will generate and sign a certificate, which includes the printer's public ID and public signature key, and this certificate is saved in the registration database.

这个网页注册服务器用作这些网页打印机的一个证书管理机构,因为它能够访问允许它证实打印机的身份的保密信息。 This page registration server as a certificate authority these pages the printer, because it can access the printer allows it to confirm the identity of confidential information.

当一个用户订阅一个出版物时,就在这个网页注册服务器数据库中产生一个记录,该记录授权这个出版者将这个出版物打印到这个用户的缺省打印机或者一个规定的打印机。 When a user subscribes to a publication time, it creates a record in this website registration server database, the record will authorize the publisher of this publication to print to the user's default printer or a specified printer. 经过一个页面服务器被发送到一个打印机的每一个文档可以被一个特定的用户访问,并且被这个出版者使用出版者的私有签名密钥进行签名。 After a page is sent to the server each document a printer can be a specific user access, and are using the publisher's private signing key for signing the publisher. 这个页面服务器通过这个注册数据库证实,这个出版者已经被授权将出版物发送到这个规定的用户。 This page server confirmed by the registration database, this publisher has been authorized to send the publication to the specified user. 这个页面服务器使用这个出版者的公钥来证实这个签名,出版者的公钥是从被保存在注册数据库中的出版者的证书中获得的。 This page server uses the publisher's public key to verify the signature, the publisher's public key is obtained from the publisher's certificate is stored in the registration database in.

这个网页注册服务器接受将打印授权增加到数据库中的请求,只要这些请求是通过注册到这个打印机的一个笔发起的。 This page registered in the database server to accept requests authorization to print, as long as these requests are registered to the printer via a pen initiated.

3.3网页笔的安全性每一个网页笔在制造时就被分配了一个唯一的标识符,这个唯一的标识符被保存在笔的只读存储器中,并且被保存在网页注册服务器数据库中。 3.3 Netpage pen security every page pen at manufacture is assigned a unique identifier, the unique identifier is stored in the read-only memory in the pen, and is stored in the page registration server database. 笔ID 61唯一地标识了这个网页网络上的这个笔。 Pen ID 61 uniquely identifies the pen on the web page.

一个网页笔能够“知道”多个网页打印机,并且一个打印机能够“知道”多个笔。 A web pen can "know" more than one page printer and a printer is able to "know" more than one pen. 一个笔通过一个无线频率信号与一个打印机进行通信,无论何时它处于这个打印机的范围内时。 A pen by a radio frequency signal to communicate with a printer, whenever it is within range of the printer. 一旦一个笔和打印机被注册了,它们就定期地交换会话密钥。 Once a pen and printer are registered, they regularly exchange session keys. 无论何时这个笔将数字墨水发送到这个打印机,数字墨水总是被使用合适的会话密钥进行加密。 Whenever the pen transmits digital ink to the printer, the digital ink is always encrypted using a suitable session key. 数字墨水决不会以明文的形式被传送。 Digital ink is never transmitted in plaintext.

一个笔为它所知道的每一个打印机保存一个会话密钥,会话密钥的索引是打印机ID,并且一个打印机为它所知道的每一个笔保存一个会话密钥,这些会话密钥的索引是笔ID。 Save for a pen every printer it knows a session key, the session key is the index printer ID, and a printer for saving every pen it knows a session key, the session key is the index pen ID. 笔和打印机均有一个很大的但是也有限的存储容量来保存会话密钥,并且能够根据一个最近最少被使用的原则来丢弃一个会话密钥,如果需要的话。 Pens and printers are a great but limited storage capacity to hold the session key, and can be based on the principle of a least recently used to discard a session key, if required.

当一个笔处于一个打印机的范围内时,这个笔和打印机发现它们是否能够知道对方。 When a pen in a printer's range, the pen and printer discover whether they are able to know each other. 如果它们均不知道对方,然后,这个打印机判断它是否应知道这个笔。 If they do not know each other, and then this printer to determine whether it should be aware of this pen. 例如,这可能是因为这个笔属于已经注册到使用这个打印机的一个用户。 For example, this may be because the pen belongs to a user is already registered to use the printer. 如果这个打印机被意味着应知道这个笔但是不能够知道,然后它就发起自动笔注册过程。 If this printer is meant to be able to know the pen but do not know, then it initiates automatic pen registration process. 如果这个打印机不应知道这个笔,然后它就同意忽略这个笔,直到这个笔被放置在一个充电杯中,这时它就发起注册过程。 If the printer is not aware of this pen, and it agreed to ignore the pen until the pen is placed in a charging cup, when it launched the registration process.

除了其公开ID,这个笔包括一个保密的密钥交换密钥。 In addition to its public ID, the pen includes a secret key exchange key. 这个密钥交换密钥也在制造时被记录在网页注册服务器数据库中。 This key exchange key is also recorded in the registration server database web during manufacture. 在注册期间,这个笔将其笔ID发送到这个打印机,并且这个打印机将笔ID发送到这个网页注册服务器。 During registration, the pen transmits its pen ID to the printer, and the printer transmits the pen ID to the registration web server. 这个服务器产生一个会话密钥以被这个打印机和笔所使用,并且安全地将这个会话密钥传送到这个打印机。 The server generates a session key to be used by the printer and pen, and the session key safely transferred to the printer. 它也发送使用笔的密钥交换密钥进行加密的会话密钥的一个拷贝。 It also sends a key exchange key using the pen be a copy of the encrypted session key. 这个打印机将这个会话密钥保存在内部,其索引是笔ID,并且将这个被加密的会话密钥发送到笔。 The printer will be the session key stored in the internal, its index is the pen ID, and will this be encrypted session key is sent to the pen. 笔将这个会话密钥保存在内部,其索引是打印机ID。 Pen this session key stored in the internal, its index is the printer ID.

虽然一个伪造的笔能够在笔注册协议中模仿一个笔,但是仅一个真正的笔能够对这个打印机所发送的会话密钥进行解密。 Although a fake pen can mimic a pen in the pen registration protocol, but only a real pen able to send a session key that decrypts the printer.

当一个前面没有注册的笔第一次注册时,它被有限地使用,直到它被链接到一个用户。 When a pen not previously registered for the first time registration, it is limited use until it is linked to a user. 一个注册的但是“不被所有的”笔仅被允许用于请求和填充网页用户和笔注册表格,以注册一个将被这个新笔自动链接的新用户,或者以将一个新笔增加到一个已有的用户。 A registered but "not all of the" pen is only allowed to be used to request and fill pages and pen user registration form to register a new user will automatically be linked to this new pen, or to a new pen to an already Some users.

这个笔使用私钥而不是公钥加密方法,因为笔中的硬件性能限制。 This pen instead of using a private key public key cryptography, because the pen hardware performance limitations.

3.4安全文档这个网页系统支持安全文档的发送,例如票和赠券。 3.4 system supports secure documents on this page to send secure documents, such as tickets and coupons. 这个网页打印机包括一个设施来打印水印,但是仅在接收到被合适授权的出版者的请求后才打印水印。 This page printer includes a facility to print the watermark, but print the watermark only received by the appropriate authorized publisher of the request before. 这个出版者在其证书中标明其打印水印的授权,这个打印机能够证实该证书。 The publisher to print the watermark indicating their authority in its certificate, this printer is able to confirm the certificate.

这个“水印”打印过程在这个页面的规定“水印”区域使用了一个替代的抖动矩阵。 The "watermark" printing process prescribed this page "Watermark" area uses an alternative dither matrix. 背靠背页面包括镜像水印区域,当进行打印时它们是重合的。 Back to back page includes a watermark image area, when the print they are coincident. 在奇数和偶数页面的水印区域中被使用的这个抖动矩阵被设计成当这些区域被一起观看时会产生一个干扰效果,这个效果是透过打印纸张观看而获得的。 This dither matrix in the watermark region in odd and even pages are designed to be used will produce an interference effect when these regions are viewed together, the effect is viewed through the print paper obtained.

这个效果与一个水印类似的地方在于,当仅看这个页面的一个面时它是不可见的,当使用普通的装置来拷贝这个页面时它会被丢失。 This effect is similar to a watermark place that when only one side of this page to see when it is not visible when using ordinary means to copy this page it will be lost.

安全文档的页面不能够使用在上面的部分1.9中所描述的内建网页拷贝机制进行拷贝。 Page secure documents can not be copied using the built-in mechanism in the web section 1.9 above described copy. 这可以延伸到在网页知道的复印机上对网页进行拷贝。 This may extend to know on a web page on the web page of copier copying.

安全文档典型地是作为一个电子商务交易的一部分而被产生的。 Safety documentation is typically as part of an e-commerce transactions are generated. 所以,它们可能包括用户的照片,当这个用户将其生理信息注册到这个网页注册服务器上时,该用户的照片被捕获,如在部分2中所描述的。 Therefore, they may include the user's photograph, when the user registers its physiological information on this website registration server, the user's picture is captured, as described in section 2.

当展示一个安全网页文档时,这个接收者可以通过使用通常的方法来请求其状态,而证实其可靠性。 When showing a secure page document, the recipient can use conventional methods to request its status, and confirm their reliability. 一个安全文档的唯一ID仅在这个文档的有效使用时间内才有效。 The unique ID of a secure document is only valid in the time the document is valid. 并且安全文档ID的分配不是连续的,以避免它们被机会主义者预测出来。 And assign security document ID is not continuous, they are predicted to avoid opportunist. 可以使用一种内建的、关于证实失败的反馈来开发一个安全文档证实笔,以支持简易的展示点文档证实。 Can use one of the built-in, proved to be failures on feedback to develop a secure document confirmed the pen, to support the display of simple point document confirmed.

很清楚,从一个加密的角度来说,水印也不安全,用户的照片也不安全。 Clearly, from a cryptographic point of view, the watermark is not safe, the user's photograph is not safe. 它们简单地对偶然的伪造提供了大的障碍。 They simply provide for occasional fake big obstacle. 联机文档证实,特别地使用一个证实笔,在它所需要的地方所提供的安全性增加了,但是仍然不能够完全避免不被伪造。 Online documentation confirmed, in particular the use of a pen confirmed, the security provided where it is needed to increase, but still can not completely avoid forgery.

3.5不可否认在这个网页系统中,用户所提交的表格是被可靠地发送到表格处理者,并且在网页页面服务器中可被永久进行归档。 3.5 undeniable in this web-based system, the form is submitted by the user is securely sent to the form handler, and the web page server may be permanently archived. 所以,接收人不可能否认该发送。 Therefore, the recipient can not deny the request.

通过该系统而进行的电子商务付费,如在部分4中所描述的,也不可能被收款人所否认。 E-commerce is performed by the payment system, as described in section 4, the payee can not be denied.

4电子商务模型4.1安全的电子交易(SET)这个网页系统使用安全电子交易(SET)系统作为其付费系统的一部分。 4.1 E-commerce model 4 secure electronic transaction (SET) This web-based system using Secure Electronic Transactions (SET) system as part of its pay system. SET是已经被MasterCard and Visa所开发出来的系统,并且是用于付费卡的,这可以从其术语名字中看出来。 SET is has been developed out of MasterCard and Visa system, and is paid for the card, which can be seen from its term name. 但是,这个系统的大部分是与所使用的帐号类型无关的。 However, this system is mostly used with the account type independent.

在SET中,卡持有者和商人注册到一个证书管理机构,并且被发放了包括其公开签名密钥的证书。 In SET, the card holders and merchants registered to a certificate authority, and was issued a certificate, including its public key signature. 这个证书管理机构使用合适的卡发放者来证实一个卡持有人的注册细节,并且使用合适的获得者来证实一个商人的注册细节。 The certificate authority using the appropriate card issuer to verify a card holder's registration details, and the use of appropriate winner to confirm registration details of a businessman. 卡持有人和商人将他们相应的私有签名密钥安全地保存在他们的计算机中。 Card holders and their corresponding private businessman signing key safely stored in their computers. 在付费过程期间,这些证书被用于相互认证一个商人和卡持有人,并且用于向这个付费网关对他们进行认证。 During the pay process, these certificates are used for mutual authentication of a businessman and card holders, and are used to pay for this gateway to authenticate them.

SET还没有被广泛地接受,部分地是因为卡持有人认为维护密钥和证书是比较麻烦的。 SET has not been widely accepted, partly because of card holders think that maintaining the keys and certificates are more troublesome. 将卡持有人的密钥和证书保存在一个服务器上并且允许这个卡持有人通过一个密码来访问这个服务器的临时解决方法已经取得了部分成功。 The card holder's keys and certificates stored on a server and allow the card holder temporary workaround to access this server via a password has been partially successful.

4.2SET付费在这个网页系统中,这个网页注册服务器用作SET付费交易中的这个网页用户(即这个卡持有人)的一个代理。 4.2SET pay system on this page, this page registered server as SET-paid transactions on this page the user (that is, the card holder) of an agent.

这个网页系统使用生理信息来认证这个用户并且授权SET付费。 This web-based system using physiological information to authenticate the user and authorize SET pay. 因为这个系统是基于笔的,所以所使用的生理信息是这个用户的联机签名,它包括随时间变化的笔的位置和压力。 Because the system is pen-based, so the physiological information used is the user's on-line signature, which includes position and pressure time-varying pen. 一个指纹生理信息也可以被使用,这可以通过在这个笔中设计一个指纹传感器,但是其成本更高。 A fingerprint physiological information can also be used, which can be designed in this pen a fingerprint sensor, but its higher cost. 所使用的这个生理信息类型仅影响这个生理信息的捕获,不影响这个系统的授权。 This type of physiological information is used only to capture the physiological impact of information, does not affect the authorization of the system.

能够进行SET付费的第一个步骤是将这个用户的生理信息注册到网页注册服务器。 The first step is to be able to pay SET will register the user's physiological information to the web registration server. 这可以在一个被控制的环境下进行,例如一个银行,其中在这个用户的身份被证实的同时可以捕获这个生理信息。 This can be in a controlled environment, such as a bank, in which the user's identity can be confirmed simultaneously capture the physiological information. 这个生理信息被捕获并且被保存在注册数据库中,被链接到这个用户的记录。 The physiological information is captured and stored in the registration database, linked to the user's record. 这个用户的照片也被可选地捕获并且被链接到这个记录。 This photo Users are also captured and optionally linked to this record. 这个SET卡持有人注册过程就完成了,并且所产生的私有签名密钥和证书被保存在数据库中。 The SET Card holders registration process is complete, the private signature key and certificate are generated and stored in the database. 这个用户的付费卡信息也被保存,这给网页注册服务器足够的信息来在任何SET付费交易中充当这个用户的代理。 The prepaid card user's information is also stored, which gives enough information website registration server to act as a proxy in any SET users pay transactions.

当这个用户最终提供了这个生理信息来完成一个付费,例如,通过对一个网页订单表格进行签名,这个打印机安全地将这个订购信息,这个笔ID和生理信息数据传送给网页注册服务器。 When the user finally provides the physiological information to complete a payment, for example, by signing a web page order form, the printer securely this order information, the pen ID and the physiological information data to the page register server. 这个服务器证实这个笔ID所标识的这个用户的生理信息,并且从这个时刻起,这个服务器充当这个用户的代理来完成SET付费交易。 The server confirms the physiological information identified by the pen ID for this user, and from this moment, the server acts as the proxy user to complete the SET pay deal.

4.3微付费这个网页系统包括用于进行微付费的一个机制,以允许这个用户方便地为根据需要打印低成本的文档和为拷贝有版权的文档而进行付费,并且可能地,也允许对这个用户为打印广告材料所引起的费用进行补偿。 4.3 micropayments this website system comprises a micro-charge of a mechanism to allow the user to easily print a document in accordance with the needs and cost for copying copyright documents and to make payments, and possibly, also allows the user cost of print advertising material caused compensate. 这后一个情形取决于已经被提供给这个用户的补助程度。 This latter situation has been dependent on the degree of assistance provided to the user.

当这个用户注册电子商务时,聚合微付费的一个网络帐号就被建立。 When the user registration of e-commerce, a network of polymeric micro-paid account is established. 这个用户定期地接收一个支付结算表,并且可以使用标准的付费机制解决任何的未付款的登入借方的余额。 The user receives a regular payment and settlement table, and you can use the standard login debit balance of payment mechanisms to resolve any non-payment.

这个网络帐号可以被扩展到聚合关于期刊的订阅费用,另外,这也可以独立的付费结算表的表格形式提供给用户。 This network can be extended to account aggregation on journal subscription fees, in addition, it can be a separate table in the form of paid accounts are also available to the user.

4.4交易当一个用户在一个特定的应用上下文中请求一个网页时,这个应用能够被嵌入到这个页面的、一个与用户相关的交易ID55中。 4.4 Trading When a user requests a Web page in the context of a particular application, the application can be embedded into the page, a user associated with the transaction ID55. 通过这个页面随后进行的输入被用交易ID进行标记,并且由此这个应用能够为用户的输入建立一个合适的上下文。 Followed by the input page is tagged with the transaction ID, and thereby the application can establish an appropriate context for the user's input.

但是,当输入是通过与用户不相关的一个页面而进行时,这个应用必须使用这个用户的唯一身份来建立一个上下文。 However, when the input is through a page with the user and not related to progress, the application must use this unique users to establish a context. 一个典型的示例包括将一个预打印的目录页面上的项目增加到用户的虚拟“购物车”中。 A typical example includes the items on a pre-printed catalog page to the user's virtual "shopping cart" in. 但是,为了保护这个用户的私有性,为这个网页系统所知道的这个唯一的用户ID 60不被泄漏到应用。 However, in order to protect the user's privacy, as this page know this system a unique user ID 60 will not be leaked to the application. 这是为了防止不同的应用提供者能够轻易地对独立收集的行为数据进行相关。 This is to prevent different application providers can easily be collected independently of behavioral data correlation.

相反,网页注册服务器通过一个唯一的别名ID 65维持在一个用户和一个应用之间的一个匿名关系,如图24中所显示的。 Conversely, registration web server by a unique alias ID 65 is maintained at an anonymous relationship between a user and an application, as shown in 24. 无论何时这个用户激活了具有“被注册的”属性的一个超级链接,这个网页页面服务器要求这个网页注册服务器将这个相关的应用ID 64,和笔ID61翻译成一个别名ID65。 Whenever the user activates has "been registered" a hyperlink attribute this web page server requires the registration server to translate this page related application ID 64, and pen into an alias ID61 ID65. 这个别名ID然后被提交给这个超级链接的应用。 The alias ID is then submitted to the application of a hyperlink.

这个应用保存由别名ID所索引的状态信息,并且能够检索与用户相关的状态信息,而不需要知道这个用户的全球身份。 The application of the index kept by the alias ID status information, and can retrieve status information associated with the user, without the need to know the identity of the users worldwide.

这个系统也为一个用户的每一个应用保存一个独立的证书和私有签名密钥,以允许它能够仅使用与应用相关的信息,就代表这个用户对应用交易进行签名。 This system is also saved for each application a user of an independent certificate and private signature key, to allow it to be able to use only the information related to the application, on behalf of the user application transactions signed.

为了帮助系统对产品条形码(UPC)“超级链接”激活进行路由,这个系统代表这个用户对任何数目的产品类型记录了一个优选的应用。 To help system for product barcode (UPC) "hyperlink" activate routing, the system on behalf of the user for any number of product types recorded a preferred application.

每一个应用与一个应用提供者相关,并且这个系统代表每一个应用提供者保存了一个帐号,以允许它为点击费用等等而为这个提供者存款和登入借方。 Each application associated with an application provider, and the system on behalf of each application provider holds an account in order to allow it to CPC, etc. And for this provider login deposits and debits.

一个应用提供者可以是期刊被订阅内容的一个出版者。 An application provider may be a journal subscribed content publisher. 这个系统记录了用户关于接收这个订阅的出版物的希望,以及所期望的出版频率。 The system records the user wishes to subscribe on receiving this publication, as well as the frequency of the desired publication.

5通信协议一个通信协议定义了在实体之间交换的一个有序的消息。 5 protocol defines a communication protocol messages between an orderly exchange entity. 在这个网页系统中,实体,例如笔,打印机和服务器,利用了一组已定义协议来合作地处理用户与这个网页系统的交互式通信。 In this web-based system, an entity, such as pens, printers, and servers using a set of defined protocols to deal with cooperation on this page to the user and the system of interactive communication.

每一个协议被一个序列图来描述,其中水平方向被用于表示消息流,而垂直方向被用于表示时间。 Each protocol is a sequence diagram to describe, where the horizontal direction is used to represent message flow and the vertical direction is used to indicate time. 每一个实体被包括该实体的名字的一个矩形和表示这个实体有效使用时间的一个垂直列来表示。 Each entity includes the name of the entity and a rectangle represents an efficient use of the entity's vertical column represents time. 在一个实体存在的时间内,生命线被显示为虚线。 In the presence of an entity within the time, the lifeline is shown as a dotted line. 在一个实体处于激活的时间内,生命线被显示为双线。 Within an entity active time is displayed as a double lifeline. 因为这里所考虑的协议不产生或者破坏实体,所以一旦一个实体停止参与到一个协议,其生命线一般就被削短。 Considered here because the agreement does not produce or destroy entities, so once an entity cease to participate in an agreement, which is generally lifeline was cut short.

5.1订阅发送协议一个订阅发送协议的一个优选实施方式被显示在图43中。 5.1 Subscription sending protocol sends a subscription agreement with a preferred embodiment is shown in Figure 43.

很多数量的用户可能会订阅一个期刊出版物。 Many number of users may subscribe to a journal publication. 每一个用户的版本可能会被进行不同的设计,但是很多用户的版本将共享共同的内容,例如文本对象和图象对象。 Each user's version might be different in design, but many users will share a common version of the content, such as text objects and image objects. 所以,这个订阅发送协议通过单播将文档结构发送到每一个打印机,但是通过多播来发送共享的内容对象。 So, this subscription agreement by sending a unicast to send a document structure to every printer, but to send the shared content objects via multicast.

这个应用(即,出版者)首先从一个ID服务器12获得关于每一个文档的一个文档ID 51。 The application (i.e. publisher) first obtains a document with respect to each of a document ID 51 from an ID server 12. 然后,它对这个文档新分配的ID作出响应,将每一个文档结构,包括其文档ID和页面描述发送到这个页面服务器10。 Then, its newly assigned ID this document responds to each document structure, including its document ID and page description sent to this page server 10. 它包括其自己的应用ID 64,这个用户的别名ID 65,和相关的多播信道名字集合。 It includes its own application ID 64, the user's alias ID 65, and the associated set of multicast channel names. 它使用其私有签名密钥对这个消息进行签名。 It uses its private signature key for this message to be signed.

这个页面服务器使用这个应用ID和别名ID来从这个注册服务器获得相应的用户ID 60,这个用户选择的打印机的ID 62(这可以是明确地为该应用选择的打印机,或者可以是这个用户的缺省打印机),和这个应用的证书。 The page server uses the application ID and alias ID to obtain the corresponding user ID 60 from the registration server, the user-selected printer ID 62 (which may be explicitly selected for the application of a printer, or may be the user's default Provincial printer), and the application of the certificate.

这个应用的证书允许这个页面服务器证实这个消息的签名。 This certificate allows the page server application signature confirmed the news. 如果这个应用ID和别名ID一起不能够标识一个订阅808,这个页面服务器到注册服务器的请求失败。 If the application ID and alias ID together not able to identify a subscriber 808, the page server to request registration server fails.

然后,这个页面服务器分配文档和页面实例ID,并且转发这个页面描述,包括页面ID 50,到这个打印机。 Then, the page server allocates document and page instance ID, and forwards this page description, including the page ID 50, to the printer. 它包括这个打印机所侦听的相关多播信道名字的集合。 It includes the collection of the relevant printer is listening multicast channel name.

然后,它将新分配的页面ID返回给这个应用,以在未来用作参考。 It then returns the newly allocated page ID to the application, to be used as a reference in the future.

一旦这个应用已经通过相关的页面服务器将所有的文档结构分发到这个用户选择的打印机,它在前面选择的多播信道上多播共享对象的各种子集。 Once the application has passed the relevant page server will be distributed to all of the document structure of the user to select a printer, it is in front of the selected multicast channel multicast various subsets of the shared objects. 页面服务器和打印机均监视合适的多播信道并且接收他们需要的内容对象。 Page servers and printers are monitoring the appropriate multicast channels and receive their required content objects. 然后,他们能够将前面单播的文档结构应用上去。 Then, they were able to document the structure of the previous application unicast up. 这允许页面服务器能够将完全的文档增加到它们的数据库中,并且它允许打印机能够打印这个文档。 This allows the page server to the complete document to their databases, and it allows the printer to print this document.

5.2超级链接激活协议一个超级链接激活协议的一个优选实施方式被显示在图45中。 5.2 hyperlink activation protocol agreement to activate a hyperlink to a preferred embodiment is shown in Figure 45.

当一个用户使用一个网页笔在一个网页上进行点击时,这个笔将这个点击通信给最近的网页打印机601。 When a user uses a web pen to click on a page, click on the pencil will communicate this to the nearest printer 601 pages. 这个点击标识出这个页面和在这个页面上的一个位置。 This identifies the page and click on a location on the page. 这个打印机已经从笔连接协议中知道了笔的ID 61。 The printer already knows the ID 61 pen from the pen connection protocol.

这个打印机通过DNS确定处理特定页面ID 50的页面服务器10a的网络地址。 The printer determination processing by the DNS server 10a particular page ID of the page 50 of the network address. 这个地址可能已经在其缓冲器中,如果这个用户最近与相同的页面发生了交互式通信。 The address may have in its buffer, if the user has recently same page interactive communication occurred. 然后,这个打印机将笔ID,其自己的打印机ID62,页面ID和点击位置转发给这个页面服务器。 Then the printer will be forwarded pen ID, its own printer ID62, page ID and click location to the page server.

这个页面服务器载入这个页面ID所标识的页面描述5,并且判断这个点击位于哪一个输入部件的区域58中,如果有的话。 This page server load this page description page ID identified 5, and determine which one is located in the click area of the input member 58, if any. 假设相关的输入部件是一个超级链接部件844,然后,这个页面服务器获得相关的应用ID 64和链路ID 54,并且通过DNS获得驻留了这个应用71的应用服务器的网络地址。 Assuming the relevant input element is a hyperlink element 844, then this page to obtain the relevant application server ID 64 and link ID 54, and a resident of this application to get the application server 71 via the network address of DNS.

这个页面服务器使用笔ID 61来从注册服务器11获得相应的用户ID60,并且然后分配一个全球唯一的超级链接请求ID 52并且建立一个超级链接请求834。 This page server uses the pen ID 61 to obtain the corresponding user ID60 from the registration server 11, and then assigned a globally unique hyperlink request ID 52 and 834 to create a hyperlink request. 这个超级链接请求类图被显示在图44中。 The hyperlink request class diagram is shown in Figure 44. 这个超级链接请求记录了进行请求的用户和打印机的ID,并且标识被点击的超级链接实例862。 The hyperlink request records of the requesting user and printer ID, and identifies the clicked hyperlink instance 862. 这个页面服务器然后将其自己的服务器ID 53,超级链接请求ID,和链路ID发送到这个应用。 This page server and then its own server ID 53, the hyperlink request ID, and link ID is sent to the application.

这个应用根据与应用相关的逻辑来产生一个响应文档,并且从一个ID服务器52获得一个文档ID 51。 The application of a response document based on application-related logic to produce, and 52 to obtain a document ID 51 from an ID server. 然后,它对这个文档新分配的ID作出响应,将这个文档,和进行请求的页面服务器ID和超级链接请求ID发送到这个页面服务器10b。 Then it assigned the new ID documents in response to this document, and the requesting page server ID and the hyperlink request ID to the page server 10b.

第二页面服务器将超级链接请求ID和应用ID发送到第一页面服务器,以获得相应的用户ID和打印机ID 62。 The second page server hyperlink request ID and ID to the first page of the application server to get the appropriate user ID and printer ID 62. 第一页面服务器拒绝这个请求,如果这个超级链接请求已经过期了或者是关于一个不同的应用的。 The first page of the server rejects the request, if the hyperlink request has expired or is about a different application.

第二页面服务器分配文档实例和页面ID 50,将新分配的页面ID返回给这个应用,并且将完整的文档增加到其自己的数据库中,最后将这个页面描述发送到进行请求的打印机。 The second page server allocates document instance and page ID 50, the newly allocated page ID is returned to the application, and the complete document to its own database, and finally this page description sent to the requesting printer.

这个超级链接实例可能包括一个有意义的交易ID 55,在这个情形下,第一页面服务器在发送到这个应用中的消息中包括这个交易ID。 The hyperlink instance may include a meaningful transaction ID 55, in this case, the first page server includes the sending of a message to the application in the transaction ID. 这允许这个应用能够为超级链接激活建立一个与交易相关的上下文。 This allows the application be able to establish a hyperlink activation associated with the transaction context.

如果这个超级链接需要一个用户的别名,即,其“需要别名”的属性被设置了,然后,这第一页面服务器将笔ID 61和超级链接应用ID 64发送到这个注册服务器11,以不仅获得与这个笔ID相应的用户ID,而且也获得与这个应用ID和用户ID相应的别名ID 65。 If the hyperlink requires a user alias, ie, the "need alias" attribute is set, then, that the first page of the server will pen ID 61 and ID 64 hyperlinks application is sent to the registration server 11 to not only get This pen ID and the corresponding user ID, but also obtain the application ID and user ID corresponding alias ID 65. 它在发送到这个应用的消息中包括这个别名ID,这允许这个应用能够为超级链接激活建立与用户相关的一个上下文。 It includes the alias ID in the message sent to the application, which allows the application be able to establish a hyperlink to activate a context-sensitive user.

5.3手写识别协议当一个用户在一个网页上使用一个网页笔来画一个笔画时,这个笔将这个笔画传送到这个最近的网页打印机。 5.3 handwriting recognition agreement when a user uses a pen on a web page to draw a stroke when the pen strokes this page sent to the nearest printer. 这个笔画标识了这个页面和在这个页面上的一个路径。 The stroke identifies the page and a path on this page.

这个打印机使用通常的方法,将笔ID 61,其自己的打印机ID 62,页面ID 50和笔画路径转发到这个页面服务器10。 This printer uses a conventional method, the pen ID 61, its own printer ID 62, the page ID 50 and stroke path to the page server 10 forwards.

这个页面服务器载入这个页面ID所标识的页面描述5,并且确定这个笔画与哪一个输入部件的区域58进行相交,如果有的话。 This page server load this page description page ID identified 5, and determine which area of the stroke of the input member 58 intersect, if any. 假设相关输入部件是一个文本字段878,这个页面服务器将这个笔画附加到文本字段的数字墨水上。 Assuming the relevant input element is a text field 878, the page server will be attached to the digital ink strokes text field.

在这个文本字段的区域中没有发生活动的一段时间后,这个页面服务器将笔ID和挂起的笔画发送到这个注册服务器11,以进行解释。 After this did not occur in the text field in the area of activity for some time, the page server sends the pen ID and the pending strokes to the registration server 11 for interpretation. 这个注册服务器标识与这个笔相应的用户,并且使用用户的累积手写模型822来理解作为手写文本的笔画。 The registration server identifies the pen corresponding user and the user's accumulated handwriting model 822 to understand as handwritten text strokes. 一旦它已经将这些笔画转换为文本,这个注册服务器将这个文本返回给进行请求的页面服务器。 Once it has these strokes into text, the text of the registration server will be returned to the requesting page server. 这个页面服务器将这个文本附加到文本字段的文本值上。 This page server will append the text to the text field on a text value.

5.4签名证实协议假设这个笔画与其区域相交的输入部件是一个签名字段880,这个页面服务器10将这个笔画附加到签名字段的数字墨水上。 5.4 This signature confirms the assumption agreement with its regional intersecting strokes input component is a signature field 880, the page server 10 will be attached to the digital ink strokes signature field.

在这个签名字段的区域中没有发生活动的一段时间后,这个页面服务器将笔ID 61和挂起的笔画发送到这个注册服务器11,以进行证实。 Did not occur in the region after the signature field in the active period of time, the page server sends the pen ID 61 and the pending strokes to the registration server 11, to be confirmed. 它也发送与这个签名是其一部分的表格相关的应用ID 64,和表格ID 56和这个表格的当前数据内容。 It also sends the current data and the signature is part of the contents of its associated application form ID 64, ID 56 and tables and the table. 这个注册服务器标识与这个笔相应的用户,并且使用这个用户的动态签名生理信息818来证实作为这个用户的签名的笔画。 The registration server identifies the pen corresponding user, and uses this dynamic signature 818 user's physiological information to confirm this as the user's signature stroke. 一旦它已经证实了这个签名,这个注册服务器使用应用ID 64和用户ID 60来标识这个用户的、与应用相关的私有签名密钥。 Once it has been confirmed by this signature, the registration server uses the application ID 64 and user ID 60 to identify this, the application associated with the private signing key of the user. 然后,它使用这个密钥来产生这个表格数据的一个数字签名,并且将这个数字签名返回给进行请求的这个页面服务器。 It then uses this key to generate a digital signature to this form of data, and the digital signature will be returned to the requesting page server. 这个页面服务器将这个数字签名分配给签名字段,并且将相关的表格状态设置为冻结。 This page server assigns the digital signature to the signature field, and the associated table status is set to be frozen.

这个数字签名包括相应用户的别名ID 65。 The digital signature includes the user's alias ID 65. 这允许一单个表格能够捕获多个用户的签名。 This allows a single form to capture multiple users' signatures can.

5.5表格提交协议一个表格提交协议的一个优选实施方式被显示在图46中。 In a preferred embodiment of the 5.5 form submission form to submit a protocol agreement is shown in Figure 46.

表格提交是通过一个表格超级链接激活而发生的。 Forms submitted through a form hyperlink activation occurs. 这样,它遵循在部分5.2中所定义的协议,并且具有某些与表格相关的补充部分。 Thus, it follows the protocol defined in section 5.2, and have some table-related supplementary parts.

在一个表格超级链接的情形下,被这个页面服务器发送到这个应用71的这个超级链接激活消息也包括表格ID 56和这个表格的当前数据内容。 In the case of a form hyperlink, the page is sent to the server application 71 this hyperlink activation message also includes a table of contents of the current data ID 56 and the table. 如果这个表格包括任何签名字段,然后,该应用通过提取与相应数字签名相关的别名ID 65,并且从注册服务器11获得相应的证书就可以证实每一个签名字段。 If this table includes any signature field, and then the application by extracting a digital signature associated with the corresponding alias ID 65, and obtain the corresponding certificate from the registration server 11 can confirm that each signature field.

6网页笔描述6.1笔的结构参考图8和9,这个笔一般被用标号101来表示,并且包括一个塑料铸模形成的一个外壳102,这个外壳102具有定义了用于安装笔部件的一个内部空间104的壁103。 6 6.1 netpage pen described with reference to the structure of the pen 8 and 9, the pen is generally represented by the numeral 101, and includes a housing 102 formed of a plastic mold, the housing 102 defines an interior with a space for mounting the pen components 104 103 wall. 笔顶部105是可以被旋转地安装在外壳102的一端106的。 The top of the pen 105 can be rotatably mounted at one end 102 of the housing 106. 一个半透明的壳107被安全地安装到这个外壳102的另一端108。 Shell 107 is securely mounted to a translucent 102 of the other end of the housing 108. 壳107也是用铸模塑料做的,并且是用半透明材料做的,以能够使用户看到被安装在外壳102中的LED的状态。 Shell 107 is made of plastic with molded, and is made of translucent material to enable the user to see the state of being mounted in the housing 102 of the LED. 壳107包括基本上围绕外壳102的末端108的一个主要部分109和从这个主要部分109往后凸出的并且可以被安装在外壳102的墙壁103中所形成的一个相应槽111中的一个凸出部分110。 Shell 107 includes a housing substantially surrounding the end 102 of a main portion 109 and 108 from the main portion 109 projecting backward and can be installed in a corresponding groove 111 in the housing 102 of the wall 103 formed in a convex portion 110. 一个无线天线112被安装在凸出部分110的后面,并且在外壳102内。 A radio antenna 112 is mounted behind the projecting portion 110, and within the housing 102. 围绕在壳107上的一个孔113A的螺旋螺纹112被安排成与一个金属末端片114啮合,这个金属末端片包括相应的螺旋螺纹115。 On the housing 107 around the helical thread 112 of a bore 113A is arranged with a metal end piece 114 engages the metal end piece includes a corresponding helical thread 115. 金属末端片114是可以被拆卸的,以允许可以替换墨水盒。 Metal end piece 114 can be removed to allow the ink tank can be replaced.

另外,被安装在壳107内的是在一个弯曲PCB 117上的一个三色状态LED 116。 Further, mounted in the housing 107 is curved in a state of a three-color PCB 117 on LED 116. 这个天线112也被安装在这个弯曲PCB 117上。 The antenna 112 is also mounted on this curved PCB 117. 状态LED 116被安装在笔101的顶部以实现比较好的全向视角。 Status LED 116 is mounted on top of the pen 101 to achieve good omnidirectional perspective.

这个笔也能够作为一个普通的标记笔使用,同时也能够作为一个非标记的输入笔。 The pen can also be used as a general marker pen use, but also can be used as a non-marking stylus. 具有笔尖119的一个墨水笔墨盒118和具有输入笔笔尖121的一个输入笔120被并排安装在外壳102内。 An ink pen cartridge 119 with nib 118 and a stylus 121 with stylus nib 120 are mounted side by side within the housing 102. 通过旋转笔头105,或者是墨水墨盒笔尖119或者是输入笔笔尖121可以被旋转到通过金属末端片114的开口122。 By rotating the tip 105, or ink cartridge nib 119 or stylus nib 121 can be rotated through the opening 114 of the metal end piece 122. 相应的滑动块123和124被分别安装在墨水墨盒118和输入笔120中。 Respective sliding blocks 123 and 124 are mounted on the ink cartridge 118 and stylus 120, respectively. 一个可旋转的凸轮桶125被安全地安装到笔头105,并且可以进行工作与其一起旋转。 A rotatable cam barrel 125 is securely mounted to the tip 105, and can be operated for rotation therewith. 这个凸轮桶125包括在凸轮桶的墙壁181内的一个槽形式的凸轮126。 The cam barrel 125 includes a cam in the barrel wall 181 form a groove cam 126. 从滑动块123和124中凸出来的凸轮输出器127和128啮合在凸轮槽126中。 From the slide block 123 and 124 projecting cam 127 and the output 128 engaging the cam groove 126. 在凸轮桶进行旋转时,这个滑动块123或者124进行相对移动,以将这个笔笔尖119或者输入笔笔尖121凸出并通过金属末端片114中的开口122。 When the barrel cam rotates, the slide block 123 or 124 are moved relative to the pen nib 119 or stylus nib 121 projecting through the metal end piece 114 and the opening 122. 笔101具有3个工作状态。 Pen 101 has three operating state. 通过将笔头105以90为步长进行旋转,这3个状态是:输入笔120笔尖121出来;墨水墨盒118笔尖119出来;和输入笔120笔尖121和墨水墨盒118笔尖119均不出来。 By written 105 to be rotated in 90 steps, the three states are: a stylus 120 nib 121 out; Ink cartridge 118 nib 119 out; and stylus 120 nib 121 and 119 are not the ink cartridge nib 118 out.

一第二弯曲PCB 129被安装在位于外壳102内的一个电子机壳130上。 An electronic chassis a second curved PCB 129 is mounted within the housing 102 is located on the 130. 这第二弯曲PCB 129将用于提供发射用的红外辐射的一个红外LED131安装在这个表面上。 An infrared LED131 this second curved PCB 129 for providing infrared radiation emitted by the mounted on the surface. 一个图象传感器132被安装在这第二弯曲PCB129上,以接收表面上的反射红外辐射。 An image sensor 132 is mounted on this second curved PCB129, to receive the reflected infrared radiation on the surface. 第二弯曲PCB 129也安装了包括一个RF发送器和RF接收器的一个无线频率芯片133,和用于控制笔101的工作的一个控制器芯片134。 Second bending PCB 129 also includes installation of a RF transmitter and an RF receiver of a radio frequency chip 133, and a controller chip for controlling the work of the pen 101 134. 一个光学模块135(用铸模的干净塑料做的)位于壳107内,并且将一个红外线束发射到这个表面,并且将图象接收传送到图象传感器132。 An optical module 135 (with a clean plastic mold made) located within the housing 107, and an infrared beam onto the surface, and the image is transferred to the image receiving sensor 132. 电源线136将第二弯曲PCB129上的部件连接到电池接触点137,电池接触点也被安装在凸轮桶125上。 The components of the second power supply line 136 on the curved PCB129 contact point 137 connected to the battery, the battery contacts are mounted on the cam barrel 125. 一个终端138将电池接触点137和凸轮桶125连接在一起。 A terminal 138 of the battery contact points 137 and 125 are connected together cam barrel. 一个3V电压可充电电池139位于凸轮桶125内并且与电池接触点连接。 A 3V voltage rechargeable battery 139 is located in the cam barrel 125 and is connected to the battery contacts. 一个感应充电线圈140被安装在第二弯曲PCB板129的周围,以通过感应对电池139进行充电。 An inductive charging coil is mounted around the second bend 129 of the PCB board 140, the battery 139 by induction charging. 这个第二PCB 129也安装了一个红外线LED 143和一个红外线光电二极管144来检测在凸轮桶125中的移动,当输入笔120或者墨水墨盒118被用于书写时,以判断笔笔尖119或者输入笔笔尖121施加到这个表面上的力量。 The second PCB 129 is also installed an infrared LED 143 and an infrared photodiode 144 for detecting movement of the cam barrel 125, when the input pen 120 or the ink cartridge 118 is used for writing, the pen tip 119 to determine whether or input pen nib 121 is applied to the force on the surface of this. IR光电二极管144通过被安装在滑动块123和124上的反射器(没有显示)来检测来自IR LED 143的光。 IR photodiode 144 through the reflector is mounted on the slide block 123 and 124 (not shown) to detect the light 143 from the IR LED.

橡胶夹子垫141和142被提供到外壳102的末端108,以帮助夹住笔101,并且顶部105也包括一个夹子142来将这个笔101夹到一个口袋上。 Rubber grip pads 141 and 142 are provided to the end 108 of the housing 102, to help grip the pen 101, and top 105 also includes a clip 142 to the pen 101 to a pocket clip.

6.2笔控制器笔101被安排成来通过在红外线谱中对笔尖附近的表面区域进行成象来决定其笔尖的位置(输入笔笔尖121或者墨水墨盒笔尖119)。 6.2 Pen pen controller 101 is arranged to be in the infrared spectrum by the surface area of the tip near the imagewise to determine the position of its nib (stylus nib 121 or ink cartridge nib 119). 它记录来自最近位置标记的位置数据,并且被安排成使用光学模块135和控制器芯片134计算笔尖121或者119距位置标记的距离。 It records the location data from the nearest location tag, and is arranged to use an optical module 135 and controller chip 134 calculate the distance from the tip 121 or 119 position of the mark. 控制器芯片134从这个被成象标记上所观察到的透视畸变来计算这个笔的方向和笔尖到标记的距离。 Tag distance from the controller chip 134 is observed perspective distortion on the imaged tag to calculate the direction and the pen nib to.

使用这个RF芯片133和天线112,笔101可以将数字墨水数据(它被进行加密以确保安全,并且被进行分组化以进行有效的传输)发送到这个计算系统。 Using this RF chip 133 and antenna 112 the pen 101 may be the digital ink data (which is encrypted to ensure security, and is subjected to packetized for efficient transmission) to the computing system.

当这个笔在一个接收器的范围内时,输入墨水数据就按其形成的而被发送。 When within range of a receiver of the pen, the input ink data formed on their being transmitted. 当笔101移动出了其范围时,数字墨水数据被缓存在笔101的内部(笔101电路包括被安排成能够保存笔在这个表面上移动大约12分钟的数字墨水数据的一个缓冲器),并且可以被较后的时间被发送。 When the pen 101 moves out of its range, digital ink data is buffered within the pen 101 (the pen 101 circuitry includes a pen arranged to be able to move about 12 minutes to save the data in a buffer the digital ink on this surface), and can be transmitted by a later time.

控制器芯片134被安装在笔101的第二弯曲PCB 129上。 The controller chip 134 is mounted on the second PCB 129 pen 101 is curved. 图10是显示控制器芯片134的结构细节的一个模块图。 Figure 10 is a block diagram showing structural details of a controller chip 134. 图10也显示了RF芯片133,图象传感器132,三色状态LED 116,IR发射LED 131,IR力量传感器LED 143和力量传感器光电二极管144的表示。 Figure 10 also shows the RF chip 133, the image sensor 132, three-color status LED 116, IR-emitting LED 131, IR force sensor LED 143 and force sensor photodiode 144, said.

笔控制器芯片134包括一个控制处理器145。 Pen controller chip 134 includes a control processor 145. 总线146使在控制器芯片134的部件之间交换数据成为可能。 146 bus between the controller chip to make 134 parts exchange data as possible. 闪存147和一个512KB DRAM 148也被包括在其中。 A flash memory 147 and 512KB DRAM 148 are also included therein. 一个模拟到数字转换器149被安排成将来自力量传感器光电二极管144的模拟信号转换为一个数字信号。 An analog-to-digital converter 149 is arranged to power the sensor from the photodiode 144 converts the analog signal to a digital signal.

一个图象传感器接口152与这个图象传感器132进行接口通信。 An image sensor interface 152 of the image sensor 132 and the interface to communicate. 一个收发器控制器153和基带电路153也被包括来与RF芯片133进行接口通信,RF芯片133包括一个RF电路155和被连接到天线112的RF振荡器和电感156。 A transceiver controller 153 and baseband circuit 153 also includes an interface to communicate with the RF chip 133, RF chip 133 includes a RF circuit 155 and 112 are connected to the antenna 156 of the RF oscillator and an inductor.

这个控制处理器145捕获和解码通过图象传感器132从这个表面的标记来的位置数据,监视力量传感器光电二极管144,控制LED 116,131和143,并且通过无线收发器153处理短距离无线通信。 The controlling processor 145 captures and decodes image sensor 132 from the surface of the tag to the location data by monitoring force sensor photodiode 144, controls LED 116,131 and 143, and the process of short-range wireless communication through the wireless transceiver 153. 它是一个中等性能(~40MHz)的通用RISC处理器。 It is a medium-performance (~ 40MHz) general-purpose RISC processor.

这个处理器145,数字收发器部件(收发器控制器153和基带电路154),图象传感器接口152,闪存147和512KB DRAM 148被集成在一单个控制器ASIC中。 The processor 145, digital transceiver components (transceiver controller 153 and baseband circuit 154), image sensor interface 152, 147 and 512KB DRAM 148 flash is integrated in a single controller ASIC. 模拟RF部件(RF电路155和RF振荡器和电感156)被提供在独立的RF芯片中。 Analog RF components (RF circuit 155 and RF oscillator and the inductor 156) are provided in a separate RF chip.

这个图象传感器是带一个IR滤波器的一个215215点的CCD(例如,由Matsushita Electronic Corporation所生产的一个传感器,它被描述在Itakura,K T Nobusada,Nokusenya,R Nagayoshi,and M Ozaki等写的一篇文章,“a 1mm 50k-Pixel IT CCD Image Sensor for MiniatureCamera System”,IEEE Transactions on Electronic Devices,Vol.47,number 1,January 2000,它在这里被用作参考)。 The image sensor is an IR filter with a 215 215 dots CCD (e.g., by a sensor produced by Matsushita Electronic Corporation, which is described in Itakura, KT Nobusada, Nokusenya, R Nagayoshi, and M Ozaki, etc. Write The article, "a 1mm 50k-Pixel IT CCD Image Sensor for MiniatureCamera System", IEEE Transactions on Electronic Devices, Vol.47, number 1, January 2000, where it is used as a reference).

当笔101不与表面进行接触的一段非活动时间后,控制器ASIC 134进入一个静止状态。 After a period of inactivity when the pen 101 is not in contact with the surface, the controller ASIC 134 enters a quiescent state. 它包括一个专用电路150来监视力量传感器光电二极管144并且在一个笔按下的事件发生后就通过电源管理器151来唤醒控制器134。 It includes a dedicated circuit 150 to monitor the force sensor photodiode 144 and a pen pressed after the event to wake the controller 134 through 151 power manager.

无线收发器在通常是被无绳电话所使用的非许可900MHz频带内进行通信,或者替代的,在非许可2.4GHz工业,科学和医药(ISM)频带内进行通信,并且使用跳频和碰撞检测技术来提供无干扰的通信。 Wireless transceiver is typically used by cordless telephone performed within unlicensed 900MHz band communication, or alternatively, to communicate the unlicensed 2.4GHz industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hopping and collision detection techniques to provide interference-free communication.

在一个替代的实施方式中,笔包括了一个红外线数据协会(IrDA)接口来与一个基站或者网页打印机进行短距离通信。 In an alternative embodiment, the pen includes an Infrared Data Association (IrDA) interface for short-range communication with a base station or netpage printer.

在另一个实施方式中,笔101包括一对正交的加速计,它们被安装在笔101轴的垂直平面上。 In another embodiment, the pen 101 includes a pair of orthogonal accelerometers, which are mounted on the vertical plane of the pen 101 axis. 这对加速计190以细小的轮廓线被显示在图9和10中。 This accelerometer 190 as fine contours are shown in Figures 9 and 10.

提供了加速计后可以使笔101的这个实施方式探测到运动,而不需要参考表面的位置标记,这允许可以使用较低的采样速率来采样位置标记。 Providing the accelerometer can after this embodiment of the pen 101 to detect motion, without the need for the reference position of the marking surface, which allows a lower sampling rate may be used to mark the location of sampling. 然后,每一个位置标记ID可以标识一个感兴趣的对象,而不是表面上的一个位置。 Then, each location tag ID can identify an object of interest rather than a position on the surface. 例如,如果这个对象是一个用户接口输入部件(例如,一个命令按钮),然后,在这个输入部件的区域内的每一个位置标记的这个标记ID可以直接地标识出输入部件。 For example, if the object is a user interface input element (e.g., a command button), then, for each position within the region of the input member of the tag ID of the tag may be directly identify the input member.

在每一个x和y轴上的加速计所测量的加速度可以与时间一起来产生一个瞬时的速度和位置。 In the accelerometer from the measured accelerations for each of x and y axes and time together can produce an instantaneous velocity and position.

因为笔画的开始位置是不知道的,所以仅可以计算一个笔画内的相对位置。 Since the start position of the stroke is not known, it is only possible to calculate the relative positions within a stroke. 虽然位置集成累积了所探测加速度的误差,但是典型地,加速计具有高的分辨率,并且累积错误的一个笔画的持续时间比较短。 Although the position of integration of the detected acceleration accumulated error, but typically, the accelerometer having a high resolution, and a cumulative error of the duration of the stroke is relatively short.

7网页打印机描述7.1打印机机械结构垂直安装的网页墙挂式打印机601在图11中显示为完全装配状态。 7 7.1 Printer page printer description of the mechanical structure of the vertical mounting wall mount printer web 601 is shown as fully assembled state in FIG. 11. 它使用双向8 1/2”MemjetTM打印引擎602和603,如图12和12a中所显示的,在Letter/A4大小的媒质上打印网页。它使用一个直的纸张路径,并且纸张604通过双向的打印引擎602和603,这两个打印引擎使用全色和全渗透来同时在一个纸张的两面进行打印。 It uses two-way 8 1/2 "MemjetTM print engine 602 and 603, 12 and 12a displayed in print on Letter / A4-size media pages. It uses a straight paper path, and 604 through two-way paper The print engine 602 and 603, both of the print engine uses full color and full penetration to one or both sides of the paper for printing.

一个集成捆绑装订装配部件605沿每一个打印纸张的一个边缘施加一个胶条,当被按压时允许它能够粘结到前一个纸张。 An integrated bundle stapling assembly member 605 along one edge of each printed sheet is applied to a tape, allowing it to be pressed when the former can be bonded to a sheet. 这产生了一个最终捆绑装订的文档618,其厚度可以从一张纸到几百张纸。 This creates a final bound document bundle 618, may have a thickness from one sheet to several hundred sheets.

可替换的墨水墨盒627在图13中被显示,它与双向打印引擎连接,并且具有用于保存固定剂,粘结剂,和青色,品红色,黄色,黑色和红外墨水的空腔或者小室。 The replaceable ink cartridge 627 is shown in Figure 13, which is connected with the bi-directional print engine, and having for storing fixative, adhesive, and cyan, magenta, yellow, black and infrared ink cavity or chamber. 这个墨盒也在基部压制件中包括一个微型空气过滤器。 The cartridge also includes a base portion pressing member micro air filter. 这个微型空气过滤器通过一个软管639与这个打印机内的一个空气泵638进行连接。 The micro air filter 639 through a hose inside the printer with an air pump 638 is connected. 这将被过滤的空气提供给打印头,以避免将微颗粒输入到这个MemjetTM打印头350,否则颗粒将阻塞打印头的喷嘴。 This will be filtered air to the print head, in order to avoid the fine particles enter into this MemjetTM printhead 350, otherwise the particles will clog the printhead nozzles. 通过将空气过滤器包括在墨盒中,过滤器的工作寿命可以有效地与墨盒的使用寿命绑在一起。 Through the air filter is included in the cartridge, the working life of the filter can be effectively tied together with the service life of the ink container. 这个墨盒是完全可再生的产品,并且其容量可以用于打印和粘结3000页面(1500张纸)。 This cartridge is completely renewable product, and its capacity can be used for printing and binding 3000 pages (1500 sheets).

参考图12,这个用电动机带动的媒质拾取辊子装配部件626将最上面的纸张直接从媒质盘推动通过第一打印引擎602上的一个纸张传感器,并且送到双向的MemjetTM打印头装配部件。 Referring to Figure 12, the motor-driven media pickup roller assembly member 626 push the uppermost sheet directly from the media tray by a paper sensor on the first print engine 602, and sent to the bidirectional MemjetTM printhead assembly components. 这两个MemjetTM打印引擎602和603被安装在沿直纸张路径上的、相对的、在线上依次排列的结构中。 Both MemjetTM print engine 602 is mounted on the structure and along the straight paper path, opposite, on the line 603 are sequentially arranged. 这个纸张604通过集成的电动拾取辊子626被拖入第一打印引擎602。 This paper 604 by integrated electric pickup roller 626 is dragged into the first print engine 602. 纸张604的位置和大小被探测,并且进行全渗透打印。 The position and size of the paper 604 is detected, and the full penetration of the print. 固定剂被同时打印以有助于在最短可能时间内变干。 Fixative was also print to help in the shortest possible time to dry.

这张纸通过一组电动退出带钉轮子(沿直的纸张路径排列)退出第一MemjetTM打印引擎602,这组电动带钉轮子作用在一个涂上橡胶的辊子上。 This piece of paper by a group of electric exit with nail wheels (aligned along the straight paper path) to exit the first MemjetTM print engine 602, which set the wheels, electric, with nails painted in a rubber roller. 这些带钉的轮子接触“湿的”被打印表面,并且继续将这纸张604送入到第二MemjetTM打印引擎603。 These wheels in contact with the nail "wet" the surface to be printed, and continues to this paper 604 fed to the second print engine 603 MemjetTM.

参考图12和12a,纸张604从双向的打印引擎602和603进入捆绑装订装配部件605。 Referring to Figure 12 and 12a, the paper 604 into the fitting part 605 from binding bundled bidirectional print engine 602 and 603. 被打印的页面通过带一个纤维支撑辊子的一个电动带钉轮子轴670和具有带钉轮子和一个瞬时作用胶轮子的另一个可移动轮轴之间的空间。 Printed page through space with a fiber support rollers with an electric nail wheel shaft 670 and another with a nail removable wheels and axles have a momentary effect between tire child. 这可移动的轴/胶装配部件673被安装到一个金属支撑托架上,并且它被在一个凸轮轴的作用下,通过齿轮向前传送到与电动轴670接触。 This movable axis / glue assembly 673 is mounted to the lower part of a metal support on the carriage, and it is in the role of a cam shaft, forwardly through the gear transmission and motor shaft 670 to the contact. 一个独立的电动机带动这个凸轮轴。 A separate electric motor drive the camshaft.

胶轮装配部件673包括一个部分中空的轮轴679,该轮轴679具有一个与来自墨水墨盒627的胶水提供软管641联接的旋转联接器。 Tire mounting member 673 includes a partially hollow axle 679, the axle 679 having a glue from the ink cartridge 627 of the hose 641 is coupled to provide a rotary coupling. 这个轮轴679连接到通过径向的孔的毛细管作用而吸附粘结剂的一个胶轮。 The shaft 679 is connected to a tire radial holes by capillary action of the binder adsorbed. 一个模制的外壳682围绕这个胶轮,并且在前面有一个开口。 A molded housing 682 around the tire, and in front of an opening. 绕枢轴转动的侧压制件和被支在弹簧上的外部门被连接到这个金属托架,并且当这个装配部件673的其余部分往前冲出时转动到一侧。 Pivoting side moldings and is supported on the spring is connected to the outer door metal bracket, and is rotated to the side when the rest of the mounting member 673 forward out. 这个动作通过模制外壳682的前面暴露出胶轮。 This action is exposed through the front tire molded housing 682. 张力弹簧关闭这个装配部件并且在非活动期间内有效地密封这个胶轮。 Tension springs close the assembly components within the inactive period and effectively seal the tire.

当纸张604进入到这个胶轮装配部件673中时,粘结剂被施加到前侧上的一个垂直边缘(除了一个文档的第一纸张),当它被向下传送到捆绑装订装配部件605时。 When the sheet 604 into the rubber tire assembly member 673, the adhesive is applied to one vertical edge on the front side (apart from the first sheet of a document), when it is transferred down to the mounting member 605 when the stapling bundled .

7.2打印机控制器结构这个网页打印机控制器包括一个控制处理器750,一个被工厂安装的或者在现场被安装的网络接口模块625,一个无线收发器(收发器控制器753,基带电路754,RF电路755,和RF振荡器和电感756),双光栅图象处理器(RIP)DSP 757,双向打印引擎控制器760a和760b,闪存658,和64MB DRAM 657,如图14中所显示的。 7.2 Structure of this page printer controller comprising a printer controller control processor 750, a factory or installed network interface module 625 to be installed in the field, a radio transceiver (transceiver controller 753, baseband circuit 754, RF circuit 755, and the RF oscillator and inductors 756), dual raster image processor (RIP) DSP 757, bi-directional print engine controllers 760a and 760b, flash memory 658, and 64MB DRAM 657, shown in FIG. 14.

这个控制处理器处理与网络19和与本地无线网页笔101的通信,探测帮助按钮617,控制用户接口LED 613-616,并且馈送和同步RIP DSP757和打印引擎控制器760。 The control processor 19 to communicate with the network and the local wireless pen 101 pages, 617 detect the Help button, control user interface LED 613-616, and the feeding and synchronization RIP DSP757 and print engine controller 760. 它包括一个中等性能的通用微处理器。 It includes a medium-performance general-purpose microprocessors. 这个控制处理器750通过一个高速串行总线659与这个打印引擎控制器760进行通信。 The control processor 750 via a high speed serial bus 659 and the print engine controller 760 to communicate.

RIP DSP对页面描述进行光栅化处理并且将其压缩到网页打印机的压缩页面格式。 RIP DSP for processing rasterized page description and compresses it into the printer's web page compression format. 每一个打印引擎控制器实时地解压缩,抖动和打印页面图象到其相关的MemjetTM打印头350(即,以每分钟超过30页的速度)。 Each print engine controller in real-time decompression, jitter, and print page images to its associated MemjetTM print head 350 (ie, with more than 30 per minute). 这个双向打印引擎控制器可以同时在一个纸张的两面进行打印。 The bi-directional print engine controller simultaneously on both sides of a sheet can be printed.

主打印引擎控制器760a与主QA芯片665和墨水墨盒QA芯片761一起控制纸张的传送和监视墨水的使用情况。 Master print engine controller 760a and the main QA chip 665 and 761 together with the ink cartridge QA chip transfer control of the paper and ink usage monitoring.

这个打印机控制器的闪存658保存了关于处理器750和DSP 757的软件,并且保存了配置数据。 The printer controller 658 saved on flash memory processor 750 and DSP 757 software, and save the configuration data. 这在启动时被拷贝到主存储器657。 This is copied to the main memory at startup 657.

处理器750,DSP 757,和数字收发器部件(收发器控制器753和基带电路754)被集成在一单个控制器ASIC 656中。 Processor 750, DSP 757, and digital transceiver components (transceiver controller 753 and baseband circuit 754) are integrated in a single controller ASIC 656 in. 模拟RF部件(RF电路755和RF振荡器和电感756)被提供在一个独立的RF芯片762中。 Analog RF components (RF circuit 755 and RF oscillator and inductors 756) are provided in a separate RF chip 762. 这个网络接口模块625是分开的,因为网页打印机允许这个网络连接可以被工厂选择,也可以在现场进行选择。 The network interface module 625 is separate, since netpage printer allows the network connection can be selected plant to be in the field selection. 闪存658和2256Mbit比特(64MB)DRAM 657也是一个独立的芯片。 Flash 658 and 2 256Mbit bit (64MB) DRAM 657 is a separate chip. 这个打印引擎控制器760被提供在独立的ASIC中。 The print engine controller 760 is provided in a separate ASIC.

可以提供很多类型的网络接口模块625,并且每一个提供一个网页网络接口751和可选地提供一个本地计算机或者网络接口752。 Can offer many types of network interface module 625, and each one provides a web network interface 751 and optionally provide a local computer or network interface 752. 网页网络互联网接口包括POTS调制解调器,混合光纤同轴电缆(HFC)调制解调器,ISDN调制解调器,DSL调制解调器,卫星收发器,当前的和下一代的蜂窝电话收发器,和无线本地环路(WLL)收发器。 Internet web network interfaces including POTS modems, hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) modems, ISDN modems, DSL modems, satellite transceivers, current and next-generation cellular phone transceivers, and wireless local loop (WLL) transceivers. 本地接口包括IEEE1284(并行口),10Base-T和100Base-T以太网口,USB和USB 2.0口,IEEE 1394(火警线),和各种不断涌现的家庭网络接口。 Local interfaces include IEEE1284 (parallel port), 10Base-T and 100Base-T Ethernet ports, USB and USB 2.0 口, IEEE 1394 (fire wire), and a variety of emerging home network interfaces. 如果一个以太网连接可以在一个本地网络上获得,然后,这个本地网络接口可以被用作网页网络接口。 If an Ethernet connection on a local network can be obtained, then the local network interface can be used as a web network interface.

无线收发器753在通常是被无绳电话所使用的非许可900MHz频带内进行通信,或者替代的,在非许可2.4GHz工业,科学和医药(ISM)频带内进行通信,并且使用跳频和碰撞检测技术来提供无干扰的通信。 Wireless transceiver 753 is a cordless telephone in the normal use unlicensed 900MHz band communication performed within, or alternatively, to communicate the unlicensed 2.4GHz industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hopping and collision detection technology to provide interference-free communication.

这个打印机控制器可选地包括一个红外线数据协会(IrDA)接口来用于接收从设备,例如网页照相机中“喷出”的数据。 The printer controller optionally include an Infrared Data Association (IrDA) interface for receiving from a device, such as a web camera "ejection" data. 在一个替代的实施方式中,这个打印机使用IrDA接口来与合适配置的网页笔进行短距离通信。 In an alternative embodiment, the printer uses the IrDA interface for short-range communication with suitably configured netpage pen.

7.2.1光栅化处理和打印一旦这个主处理器750已经接收到并且证实了该文档的页面布局设计和页面对象,它就在DSP 757上运行合适的RIP软件。 7.2.1 rasterization process and print once the main processor 750 has been received and confirmed the page layout of the document and page objects, it runs the appropriate RIP software on the DSP 757.

DSP 757对每一个页面描述进行光栅化,并且压缩被光栅化的页面图象。 DSP 757 is described for each page is rasterized and compressing the rasterized page image. 主主处理器将每一个被压缩的页面图象保存在存储器中。 A master host processor each compressed page image stored in memory. 对多个DSP进行负载平衡的最简单方法是让每一个DSP对一个独立的页面进行光栅化。 The easiest way for multiple DSP load balancing is to make every page on a separate DSP rasterized. 这个DSP总是很忙,因为一般来说,一个任意数目的被光栅化页面可能被保存在存储器中。 The DSP is always busy, because, in general, an arbitrary number of rasterized pages can be stored in memory. 只在对短的文档进行光栅化时,这个负载平衡策略会潜在地导致DSP的利用率很低。 When only a short document rasterization, the load balancing policy could potentially lead to a low utilization of the DSP.

在这个页面描述中的水印区域被光栅化到一个连续色调分辨率的(contone-resolution)双电平比特图,这个比特图被无损地压缩到可忽略的尺寸并且形成了被压缩图象的一部分。 In this page description watermark region is rasterized into a continuous tone resolution (contone-resolution) the bi-level bit map, the bit map is losslessly compressed to negligible size and form a part of the compressed image .

被打印页面的红外(IR)层包括被编码网页标记,其密度是每英寸大约6个标记。 Infrared printed pages (IR) layer comprises a web page is encoded tag, a density of about six per inch mark. 每一个标记对这个页面ID,标记ID,和控制比特进行编码,而每一个标记的内容在进行光栅化处理期间被产生并且被保存在被压缩页面图象中。 Each mark on the page ID, tag ID, and control bits are encoded, and each carrying a content tag is generated during rasterization process and stored in the compressed page image.

这个主处理器750将背对背页面图象传送到这个双向打印引擎控制器760。 The main processor 750 will be sent to the back-page images of this bi-directional print engine controller 760. 每一个打印引擎控制器760将被压缩页面图象保存在其本地存储器中,并且开始对这个页面进行解压缩和打印流程处理。 Each print engine controller 760 will be compressed page images stored in its local memory, and began to unzip this page and print processing flow. 页面解压缩和打印是流水线处理的,因为将整个114MB双电平CMYK+IR页面图象保存在存储器中是不实际的。 Unzip and print pages are pipeline processing, because the entire 114MB bi-level CMYK + IR page image stored in memory is not practical.

7.2.2打印引擎控制器打印引擎控制器760的页面解压缩和打印流水线处理包括一个高速的IEEE1394串行接口659,一个标准的JPEG解码器763,一个标准的第4类传真解码器764,一个定制半色调板/排字机单元765,一个定制标记编码器766,一个行加载器/格式化器单元767,和到这个MemjetTM打印头350的一个定制接口。 7.2.2 Solution page print engine controller 760 of the print engine controller pipeline processing comprises compression and print a high-speed IEEE1394 serial interface 659, a standard JPEG decoder 763, a standard class 4 Fax decoder 764, a custom halftone plates / typesetter unit 765, a custom tag encoder 766, a line loader / formatter unit 767, and the print head to the MemjetTM a custom interface 350.

这个打印引擎控制器360使用一个双缓冲器的方式进行工作。 The print engine controller 360 using one pair of buffers way to work. 虽然一个页面通过高速串行接口659被载入到DRAM 769中,前面被载入的页面被从DRAM 769中读取出来的,并且通过打印引擎控制器流水线处理。 Although a high-speed serial interface page 659 is loaded into the DRAM 769, the front page is loaded from the DRAM 769 is read out, and through the print engine controller pipeline processing. 一旦这个页面已经被打印出来了,刚才被载入的页面就被打印,而另一个页面被载入。 Once the page has been printed out, and I have been loaded on the page is printed, while another page is loaded.

这个流水线处理的第一级解压缩(在763)JPEG-压缩的连续色调CMYK层,解压缩(在764)第4类传真压缩双电平黑色层,并且根据在部分1.2中所定义的标记格式来再现(在766)双电平网页标记层,所有这些是并行处理的。 The first-stage pipeline processing solution compression (at 763) JPEG- compressed contone CMYK layer, decompress (at 764) Class 4 fax compressed bi-level black layer, and the tag format as defined in section 1.2 reproduced (at 766) the bi-level page mark layer, all of which are processed in parallel. 第二级抖动(在765)连续色调CMYK层和在所产生的双电平CMYK层合成(在765)双电平黑色层。 The second-level dither (at 765) the contone CMYK layer and in the synthesis of the bi-level CMYK layer generated (at 765) the bi-level black layer. 所产生的双电平CMYK+IR点数据被缓存和进行格式化(在767)以通过一组行缓冲器而在MemjetTM打印头350上进行打印。 The resulting bi-level CMYK + IR dot data is buffered and formatted (at 767) by a set of line buffers and printing on the print head 350 MemjetTM. 这些行缓冲器中的大多数被保存在芯片外的DRAM中。 Most of these line buffers are stored in off-chip DRAM. 最后一级通过打印头接口768将6个信道的双电平点数据(包括固定剂)打印到MemjetTM打印头350。 The last level through the printhead interface 768 to six bi-level point data channels (including fixative) MemjetTM print to the print head 350.

当几个打印引擎控制器760被协调使用时,例如在一个双向结构中,它们通过一个共享的行同步信号770进行同步。 When several print engine controllers 760 are used to coordinate, for example, in a two-way configuration, they are shared by a line synchronizing signal 770 for synchronization. 仅一个通过外部主/从管脚771而选择的打印引擎760产生行同步信号770到这个共享线上。 Generated by only an external master / slave pin 771 and print engine 760 to select a horizontal synchronizing signal 770 to the shared line.

打印引擎控制器760包括一个低速处理器772,这个低速处理器772用于对页面解压缩和再现流水线处理进行同步,用于通过一个低速串行总线773配置这个打印头350,并且控制步进电机675,676。 The print engine controller 760 includes a low-speed processor 772, the low-speed processor 772 pages for decompression and reproduction synchronous pipelined processing for low-speed serial bus 773 through a configuration of this print head 350, and stepper motor control 675,676.

在纸张大小为81/2”的网页打印机中,这两个打印引擎中的每一个沿页面的长度方向(11”)每分钟打印30张纸,其行速在1600dpi下为8.8kHz。 In the paper size to 81/2 "page printer, the two print engines along a longitudinal direction of each page (11") print 30 sheets per minute, which is under the line speed at 1600dpi 8.8kHz. 在纸张大小为12”的网页打印机中,这两个打印引擎中的每一个沿页面的宽度方向(81/2”)每分钟打印45张纸,其行速为10.2KHz。 In the paper size to 12 "page printer, the two print engines along the width direction of each page (81/2") print 45 sheets per minute, the line speed of 10.2KHz. 这些行速很好地落在MemjetTM打印头的工作频率范围内,在目前的设计中这超过了30kHz。 These line speed well within MemjetTM printhead operating frequency range, which in the current design exceeds 30kHz.

8电子邮件网页电子邮件(E-mail)在网页用户之间提供了一个消息服务。 8 E-Mail E-mail (E-mail) between web users with a messaging service. 它也支持与互联网的电子邮件用户进行消息交换,并且通过扩展,可以支持与通过互联网而互联的其它电子邮件系统的用户,例如公司电子邮件系统的用户进行消息交换。 It also supports the Internet e-mail users to exchange messages, and by extension, to support users with other e-mail systems and interconnected through the Internet, for example, corporate e-mail system user message exchange.

每一个网页用户在这个网页系统内具有一个唯一的ID,并且它们的名字也是被这个系统已知的,这个名字可能是也可能不是唯一的。 Each user has a web page in this system, a unique ID, and their name is also known by the system, the name may or may not be unique. 通常,通过从一个列表,例如,从网页用户的全球列表或者从一个特定用户的联系人列表中,选择一个名字来访问这个网页电子邮件。 Generally, from a list, for example, from a global list of pages from a particular user, or the user's contact list, select a name to access this page e-mail. 这个用户的绰号或者别名用于帮助不会混淆类似的名字。 Nickname or alias is used to help the user will not confuse a similar name. 一个网页通常不需要知道或者指定另一个网页用户的唯一ID。 Usually do not need to know a web page or specify another user's unique ID.

当一个网页用户希望向一个互联网用户发送一个电子邮件时,他们必须指定一个互联网电子邮件地址。 When a web user wants to send an e-mail to an Internet user, they must specify an Internet e-mail address. 类似地,当一个互联网用户希望向一个网页用户发送电子邮件时,他们必须指定一个网页互联网电子邮件地址。 Similarly, when an Internet user wants to send e-mail to the user when a Web page, they must specify a web internet email address. 通过这个互联网上的一个或者多个域名来知道这个网页网络。 Through one or more domain names on the Internet to know this website network. 网页邮件网关服务器与互联网上的邮件服务器交换电子邮件,并且特别地,接收一个发送到该网页域名的互联网电子邮件。 Web mail gateway server and mail server on the Internet to exchange e-mail, and in particular, receives a page is sent to the e-mail domain of the Internet. 每一个网页用户被给予一个电子邮件别名ID,通过这个别名ID,他们可以在一个网页互联网的域内被标识。 Each user is given a web page e-mail alias ID, by the alias ID, they can be identified in a page of the Internet domain. 所以,一个用户的网页互联网地址的形式是<电子邮件别名ID>@<网页域名>。 Therefore, in the form of a user's Internet web page address is & lt; e-mail alias ID & gt; @ & lt; domain & gt ;. web

电子邮件是这个网页系统的一个核心业务。 Email this page is a core business systems.

8.1用户接口图符号表示法每一个应用用户接口流被显示为用命令箭头链接在一起的文档集合。 8.1 User Interface Figure notation user interface for each application flow is shown as an arrow with the command set of documents that are linked together. 一个命令箭头指出,作为这个用户按下这个资源页面上相应命令按钮的结果,这个目标文档被打印。 Arrows indicate a command as the user presses the corresponding results on the resource page of the command button, the target document is printed. 某些命令箭头被使用由斜杆('/')所分开的多个命令进行标记,这表示所规定命令中的任何一个均可以促使目标文档被打印。 Some command arrows are used by the diagonals ('/') separated by a plurality of commands are marked, which means that the command specified in any one can induce the target document is printed. 虽然多个命令可以标记相同的命令箭头,它们通常具有不同的副作用。 Although multiple commands may be identified by the same command arrow, they typically have different side effects.

在应用术语中,区分网页文档和网页表格是重要的。 In terms of application, the distinction between web documents and web forms are important. 文档包括被打印的信息,和命令按钮,这些命令按钮可以被这个用户按下来请求更多的信息或者某些其它动作。 Documentation includes information, and command buttons to be printed, these command buttons can be pressed down to the user to request more information, or some other action. 除了其行为象一个正常的文档外,表格也包括可以被这个用户填充的输入字段。 In addition to its behavior as a normal document, spreadsheet also includes input fields can be filled with this user. 它们给这个系统提供一个数据输入机制。 They give this system provides a data input mechanism. 能够区分包括一般信息的文档和包括专用于在这个用户和一个应用之间的一个特定交互的信息的文档也是很有用的。 Able to distinguish between general information including documents and includes a document information specific to a particular interaction between the user and an application is very useful. 一般文档可以是预打印的出版物,例如在新闻站中所销售的杂志或者在公共场合中所遇到的广告海报。 Generally documents can be pre-printed publications, such as the news station sells magazines or advertising posters in public places encountered. 表格也可以被预打印,包括,例如在预打印出版物中遇到的订阅表格。 Forms can also be pre-printed, including, for example, pre-printed forms subscribe publications encountered. 当然,它们也可以被对用户请求作出响应而由一个网页打印机即时产生。 Of course, they can also be made by the user in response to the immediate request generated by a web printer. 与用户相关的文档和表格通常是被一个网页打印机对用户请求作出响应而即时产生的。 Documents and forms are usually associated with the user is a page printer responds to user requests and immediately generated. 图48显示了一个一般文档990,一个一般表格991,一个与用户相关的文档992,和一个与用户相关的表格993。 Figure 48 shows a general document 990, a general form 991, a 992 associated with user documentation, and an associated user table 993.

参与一个用户接口流的网页被进一步用抽象的页面布局来进行描述。 Participating in a user interface page flow is further used to describe the abstract page layout. 一个页面布局可以包括各种部件,每一个部件具有一个唯一的类型以将其与其它的区分开。 A page layout may include various components, each component having a unique type to distinguish it from other areas. 如图49所显示的,这些包括固定的信息994,可变的信息995,输入字段996,命令按钮997,可拖动的命令998和文本超级链接或者超文本链接999。 Shown in FIG. 49, these include fixed information 994, variable information 995, input fields 996, command buttons 997, draggable commands 998, and text hyperlinks or hypertext links 999.

当一个用户接口流被分成多个图时,任何被复制的文档在除了定义这个文档的主图外的所有其它图中均被用虚轮廓线所表示。 When a user interface flow is divided into a plurality of maps, any documents to be copied in addition to the main diagram of the document outside the definition of all other figures are indicated by the dashed outline.

8.2电子邮件对象模型8.2.1电子邮件用户这个电子邮件对象模型是以一个电子用户1000为中心的,如图46的类图中所显示的。 8.2 Object Model 8.2.1 e-mail e-mail This e-mail user object model is based on a 1000 electronic user-centric, as shown in Figure 46 class displayed. 一个电子邮件用户1000或者是一个网页用户800,或者是一个互联网用户1002。 1000 or an e-mail user is a 800 page user, or a 1002 Internet users.

8.2.2电子邮件如图47的电子邮件类图中所显示的,电子邮件1003本身包括一些页面1004。 8.2.2 Figure 47 e-mail e-mail class diagram shows, the e-mail itself, including some 1003 pages 1004. 每一个页面与一个网页相应。 Each page of a website accordingly. 这个页面结构是一个逻辑结构,因为这个电子邮件被以其写作的相同形式而被发送,并且它是被发送者一页一页写作的。 The page structure is a logical structure, because the e-mail is the same in the form of its writing is transmitted, and it is to be sent by one page writing.

每一个页面包括数字墨水873(图33),并且包括任何数目的附件1005。 Each page includes a digital ink 873 (FIG. 33), and include any number of attachments 1005. 一个附件被在其插入点的位置进行打印,并且在一页打印不完时可以打印到后面的页面上。 An attachment is printed at the position of its insertion point, and at the time of printing a page to be printed on the back finish page.

电子邮件的发送者1006是一个电子邮件用户1000,并且可以有任何数目的接收人1007和任何数目的拷贝接收人(CC)1008。 Sender e-mail is an e-mail user 1006 1000, and may have any number of recipients 1007 and any number of copies of the recipient (CC) 1008. 为了清晰起见,这里没有盲拷贝接收人(BCC),但是很清楚,可以很容易地包括盲拷贝接收人。 For clarity, there are no blind copy recipients (BCC), but it is clear that you can easily include a blind copy recipients.

这个电子邮件有一个很明显的主题,它总是被从数字墨水转换为文本,来支持与不直接支持数字墨水的电子邮件系统进行互通,例如互联网上的电子邮件系统进行互通,并且在这个网页系统本身内流水线地显示邮箱的内容。 This e-mail there is an obvious theme, it is always from the digital ink into text to support interworking with digital ink is not directly supported e-mail systems, such as e-mail system interoperability on the internet, and in this page within the pipeline system itself displays the contents of the mailbox.

这个电子邮件具有一个高优先级标记1009,这个标记允许发送者和接收者均可以控制这个电子邮件发送的及时性。 This e-mail has a high priority tag 1009, this flag allows the sender and receiver can control the timeliness of the e-mail sent.

8.2.3邮箱进入的电子邮件可以被累积在用户的邮箱1010中,如图48的类图中所显示的,可以被打印在这个用户的缺省打印机上,被包括在用户的新闻日报中,或者这些形式的任意组合。 8.2.3 enter the e-mail mailbox can be accumulated in the user's mailbox 1010, the class in Figure 48 shows, can be printed on the user's default printer, is included in the user's Newsday, the or any combination of these forms. 例如,这个用户可以选择在接收后就立即打印高优先级电子邮件,而保持低优先级的电子邮件。 For example, the user may select to print immediately after receiving a high priority email, while maintaining a low priority email.

这个用户可以在这个邮箱1010内产生任何数目的、带名字的目录(folder)1011,并且可以在目录之间进行手工拷贝和移动所接收的电子邮件1003,或者将一个目录与一个或者多个电子邮件联系人(包括电子邮件组)进行相关来使从这些联系人发送来的电子邮件自动地被放置到这个目录中。 The user will be generated in any number of the mailbox 1010, with the name of the directory (folder) 1011, and may be carried out manually between the directory to copy and move the received e-mail 1003, a directory or with one or more electronic mail contact (including e-mail group) were related to the transmission of e-mail coming from these contacts are automatically placed into this directory. 从不与一个目录相关的联系人发送来的电子邮件被放置在一个预定义的“收件箱”的目录中。 Never associated with a directory of contacts to send e-mail to be placed in a predefined "Inbox" directory. 这个用户所发送的所有电子邮件被放置在一个预定义的“已发送电子邮件”的目录中,以待将来使用。 All e-mail sent by the user is placed in a predefined "sent an e-mail" directory, pending future use.

每一个目录具有3个发送选项:“打印所有电子邮件”,“打印高优先级电子邮件”,和“一旦被打印后,就删除电子邮件”。 Each directory has three delivery options: "Print all e-mail," "print high-priority e-mail," and "once they are printed, delete the e-mail." 如果选择了一个打印的选项,具有相应优先级的电子邮件消息就在接收后被立即打印到这个用户的缺省打印机上。 If you select an option to print, with the appropriate priority in receiving e-mail messages to be printed immediately after the user's default printer. 如果选择了删除选项,一旦进行打印后,就从电子邮件目录中删除电子邮件消息。 If you choose the delete option, once printed, deleted e-mail messages from the e-mail directory. 否则就将电子邮件消息无限制地保存在电子邮件目录中,即直到这个用户手工删除。 Otherwise, e-mail messages will be stored indefinitely in the e-mail directory, that is, until the user manually delete this.

8.2.4联系人列表每一个用户具有一个联系人1013的列表1012。 8.2.4 contact list for each user having a list of contacts 1012 1013. 这个联系人列表1012,如图49中所显示的,比用户的全局列表提供了一个更方便的方法来选择电子邮件接收人,这是,因为大多数用户的联系人列表将在一单个双面打印纸张内。 The 1012 list of contacts, as shown in Figure 49, compared with a global list of users provides a more convenient way to select the e-mail recipient, this is because most of the user's contact list in a single-sided printing paper inside. 这个联系人列表也提供了一个方法来忽略未经请求的电子邮件。 The contact list also provides a way to ignore unsolicited e-mail. 一个私密选项允许一个用户能够忽略不是从这个联系人列表中一个发送来的电子邮件。 A privacy option allows a user to ignore not from this contact list is sent to an e-mail.

一个用户可以在这个联系人列表内产生任何数目的联系人组1014,并且将一个组作为一单个联系人1015进行处理,以处理对往外发送的电子邮件的地址并且控制进入电子邮件的发送。 A user can generate any number of groups of contacts within the contact list 1014, and a group as a single contact 1015 is processed, the processing of the e-mail sent out to the address and control proceeds emailing.

组本身也可以包括组,并且两个独立的联系人和组可以是多个组的成员并且也可以是最顶层联系人列表本身的成员。 Group itself may also include groups and two separate contacts and groups can be members of multiple groups and can also be the most top-level members of the contact list itself.

8.2.5被禁止用户列表不是仅接收从已知的联系人发送来的电子邮件,一个用户800可以选择禁止多个独立用户1016。 8.2.5 is prohibited not only receive a list of users from known contacts to send e-mail, a user can select 800 1016 prohibits multiple independent users. 这个禁止的用户列表1017记录了这个用户不接收从从他们发送来的电子邮件的用户。 The list of banned users 1017 record from this user does not receive incoming e-mails sent from their users.

8.3电子邮件用户交互式通信8.3.1发送电子邮件使用往外发送电子邮件的表格1020(见图52和53)来发送电子邮件。 8.3 e-mail users to send e-mail using interactive communication 8.3.1 send out an e-mail form 1020 (see Figure 52 and 53) to send email. 这个表格总是使用在1021所规定的发送者的名字来被打印,因为发送者的身份是可以从用于请求这个电子邮件表格的笔中知道的。 This table is always used in 1021 under the name of the sender to be printed, because the sender's identity can be used for this e-mail request from the pen in the form known. 如果通过按下在某个页面上的一个与用户相关的<电子邮件>按钮来请求这个电子邮件表格,然后,就使用已经规定的接收人的名字1007来打印这个电子邮件表格。 If on a page by pressing a user-related & lt; email & gt; button to request the e-mail form, and then, use has been specified recipient's name 1007 to print this e-mail form. 另一方面,如果这个电子邮件表格是从帮助页面请求的,然后,这个接收人是不知道的,并且表格的左边被空着。 On the other hand, if the e-mail form from the help page request, then, that the recipient is not known, and the left side of the table was empty. 在可以发送这个电子邮件以前,这个用户必须指定至少一个接收人。 Before you can send this e-mail, the user must specify at least one recipient.

这个用户可以通过按下帮助页面上的这个<到联系人的电子邮件>按钮来预先将一个地址给一个电子邮件表格。 The user can press the & lt on the help page; to the contact email & gt; button to advance an address to an email form. 这引出了一个增加接收人表格(图54),它列表出了这个用户的联系人1013。 This leads to an increase in recipient table (Figure 54), which lists out the contact 1013 users. 每一个联系人具有一个<收件人>和一个<抄送>选择框1022,1023和一个<电子邮件>按钮1024。 Each contact has a & lt; recipient & gt; and a & lt; CC & gt; and a selection box 1022,1023 & lt; email & gt; button 1024. 这个电子邮件按钮引出一个其地址是到这个用户的一个电子邮件表格。 This leads to one of their e-mail button to the user's address is an e-mail form. 在这个页面的底部的<被选择的电子邮件>按钮1025引出到所有用户的一个地址邮件,其<收件人>或者<抄送>选择框全被选择了。 At the bottom of this page & lt; selected email & gt; button 1025 leads to a mail address of all users, which & lt; recipient & gt; or & lt; CC & gt; all-selection box has been selected.

开始,这个电子邮件表格包括一个双面的页面。 Beginning, this e-mail form, including a double-sided pages. 这个纸张的正面(图52)包括了用于接收人的名字和拷贝接收人的名字的字段1026,1027,用于主题的字段1028,和用于电子邮件正文的字段1029。 The front of the paper (Fig. 52) includes a field for the recipient's name and a copy of the recipient's name 1026,1027, the field for the 1028 theme, and 1029 for the body of the email field. 这个纸张的背面(图53)包括用于继续写电子邮件正文的一个字段1030。 On the back of this paper (Figure 53) includes a field for 1030 continued to write the email body. 手写的任何接收人名字(或者地址)被从数字墨水转换为文本,以进行搜寻。 Any person receiving handwritten name (or address) is converted from digital ink to text to search. 主题也被进行转换,以用于进行显示,如前面所讨论的。 Themes can also be converted to be used for display, as previously discussed. 电子邮件的内容仍然保持为数字墨水,以允许手写文本和图等可以被使用一个单一的和具有表达意义的形式被发送。 Email content remains as digital ink, to allow the handwritten text and the like can be used with a single expression form and meaning is transmitted.

在这个电子邮件表格的每一个页面的底部的<增加页面>按钮1031将另一个双面纸张增加到这个电子邮件表格。 At the bottom of this e-mail form on every page of the & lt; increase page & gt; 1031 will be another duplex paper button to This e-mail form. 仅打印附加的页面,而不是整个表格,但是附加的页面在逻辑上被链接到初始的电子邮件。 Only print additional pages, instead of the entire table, but additional pages are logically linked to the original e-mail. 在每一个页面的底部的这个<丢弃页面>按钮1032从这个电子邮件丢弃相应的页面(但是不是这个双面纸张的两面)。 In the bottom of each page of the & lt; discard the page & gt; 1032 from the e-mail button to discard the corresponding page (but not both sides of this double-sided sheets). 在被丢弃的页面被删除后,并且随后的页面,如果有的话,被进行移动来弥合这个空隙后,重新打印整个电子邮件。 After being discarded page is deleted, and subsequent pages, if any, has been moved to bridge this gap, to reprint the entire e-mail. 如果必要的话一个空的页面被增加,来使页面数目为偶数。 If necessary, an empty page is increased, to make the number of pages is an even number.

每一个打印的电子邮件表格与一个独立的电子邮件示例相应,其唯一性是通过发送者的名字,打印在每一个页面顶部的日期和时间来标识的。 Each e-mail form to print a separate e-mail with the corresponding sample, its uniqueness by the sender's name, the date and time printed on the top of each page to identity. 一旦已经发送了这个电子邮件,它就不能够被再发送。 Once you have sent this e-mail, it will not be able to be re-sent. 但是,可以很容易地对其进行一个拷贝,编辑和发送。 However, can easily be a copy, edit and send. 在这个电子邮件表格的每一个页面上的标准<打印>按钮打印与一个新的电子邮件示例相应的、这个电子邮件的另一个拷贝。 On each page of this e-mail form of standard & lt; Print & gt; button to print with a new example of the corresponding e-mail, another copy of this e-mail. 初始的和电子邮件的拷贝均可以被进行进一步的编辑并且被独立发送。 And a copy of the original e-mail can be further edited and transmitted independently.

在<接收人>,<拷贝接收人>和<主题>字段中的文本可以被用笔来进行删除,以删除接收人,主题文本等等。 In & lt; recipient & gt;, & lt; a copy of the recipient & gt; and & lt; theme & gt; text in the field can be a pen to remove it, to remove the recipient, subject text and so on. <打印>按钮产生其被删除文本已经去掉了的电子邮件表格的一个拷贝。 & Lt; Print & gt; button to produce a copy of which has been removed by deleting the text of the e-mail form.

在每一个页面的底部的<附加>按钮1033将当前的选择附加到这个电子邮件内容的当前末尾。 Additional & gt;; button 1033 to the end of the current selection is currently attached to the e-mail content at the bottom of each page of the & lt. 整个电子邮件被用所包括的附件进行重新打印。 Entire e-mail is re-printed with the included accessories.

另外的页面被自动地增加到这个电子邮件来包括更多的附件。 Another page is automatically added to the e-mail to include more accessories. 附件可以包括在任何网页上所选择的任何资料。 Accessories can include any information on any page you choose.

在这个电子邮件表格的第一页面的顶部上、与<接收人>和<拷贝接收人>字段1026,1027相邻的<增加接收人>按钮1034引出了一个增加接收人的表格1036(图62),其中这个<主题>字段1028反映了这个电子邮件表格的主题。 In this e-mail form the top of the first page, and & lt; recipient & gt; and & lt; copy recipient & gt; fields 1026,1027 adjacent & lt; increase the recipient & gt; button 1034 leads to an increase in the recipient Form 1036 (Figure 62), where the & lt; theme & gt; Field 1028 reflects the theme of the e-mail form. 在增加接收人表格上的这个<电子邮件>和<被选择的电子邮件>按钮1024,1025引出了这个电子邮件表格的一个拷贝,其中增加了附加的接收人和拷贝接收人。 On increasing the recipient of the form & lt; email & gt; and & lt; being selected e & gt; button 1024, 1025 leads to a copy of the e-mail form, which adds an additional copy of the recipient and the recipient.

在每一个页面的底部的这个<发送>按钮1035发送整个电子邮件。 In this & lt bottom of each page; Send & gt; 1035 button to send the entire e-mail. 如果任何接收人的名字不被这个系统知道,然后,就重新打印这个电子邮件表格,并且用红色来打印不被系统知道的这些名字和表示这个问题的一个错误消息。 If any of the recipient's name is not known by this system, then, we reprint this email form, and red to print not know these names and the system indicates an error message to this problem.

如果任何接收人的名字是不完全确定的,然后,就打印一个匹配用户的列表,每一个有一个选择框以允许它被选择。 If any of the recipient's name is not entirely certain, then, it prints a list of the user's match, each with a selection box to allow it to be selected. 在这个表格的底部的这个<电子邮件>按钮重新打印这个电子邮件表格,而接收人的名字被进行了合适的更新。 In this & lt bottom of this table; email & gt; button to print this e-mail form, and the recipient's name was carried out appropriate update.

整个电子邮件用户接口流被显示在图50中。 Entire e-mail user interface flow is shown in Figure 50. 电子邮件接收例程用户接口流被显示在图51中。 E-mail reception routine user interface flow is shown in Figure 51.

8.3.2接收电子邮件电子邮件是被用一个进入电子邮件的文档1040(图55,和56)的形式而被接收的,进入电子邮件的页面结构和内容与相应往外发送电子邮件表格的页面结构和内容是相同的。 8.3.2 E-mail E-mail is received by an e-mail into the document 1040 (Fig. 55, and 56) in the form of being received into the structure and content of the e-mail page and sending out the corresponding page table structure of the email and the content is the same.

在这个电子邮件文档的每一个页面的底部的这个<回复>按钮1041产生将发送给这个进入电子邮件的发送者的一个往外发送电子邮件表格(图52和53),并且其主题反映了进入电子邮件的主题,但是其前缀增加了“回复:”。 In every page of this document at the bottom of this email & lt; reply & gt; 1041 generated button to enter the e-mail will be sent to the sender of an e-mail sent out form (Fig. 52 and 53), and its themes reflect enter the subject of the email, but it adds the prefix "Reply:."

这个<回复所有的>按钮1042产生将被发送到这个进入电子邮件的发送者,其所有的接收人和拷贝接收人的一个往外发送电子邮件表格。 The & lt; reply to all & gt; button 1042 generated will be sent to the e-mail sender to enter, and all of its receiving a copy of the recipient to send out e-mail form.

这个<转发>按钮1043产生不带接收人的一个往外发送电子邮件表格,并且其主题反映了这个进入电子邮件的主题,但是其前缀增加了“被转发的:”。 The & lt; forwarding & gt; button 1043 produced without the recipient's e-mail form to send one out, and its themes reflect this theme into the e-mail, but it adds the prefix "be forwarded:." 进入电子邮件的内容也被拷贝到这个往外发送电子邮件的内容中。 Enter the e-mail contents are copied to send out this e-mail content.

这个<转发到联系人>按钮1044产生,但是不打印一个往外发送的电子邮件,其处理方法与这个<转发>按钮相同,并且然后隐含地调用关于它的<增加接收人>命令。 The & lt; forwarded to the contact & gt; button 1044 to produce, but does not print Email sent out, the processing method and the & lt; forwarding & gt; the same button, and then be invoked implicitly about its & lt; increase recipient & gt; command. 这使用通常的方法引出一个增加接收人表格(图54),其<主题>字段反映了被转发电子邮件的主题。 This leads to a general method used to increase the recipient table (FIG. 54), which & lt; topic & gt; field reflects the subject of the email being forwarded.

这个<增加到联系人中>的按钮1045将这个发送者增加到联系人的接收人列表中,并且产生反映这个被更新联系人列表的一个编辑联系人表格。 The & lt; increased contacts & gt; button 1045 this sender to the recipient list of contacts, and generate a contact list is updated to reflect this one edit a contact form. 在部分8.3.3中更详细地描述了联系人列表编辑。 Describe in more detail in section 8.3.3 of the contact list editing.

这个<禁止>按钮1046将这个发送者增加到被禁止用户的接收人列表中,并且产生反映这个被更新的禁止用户列表的一个编辑被禁止用户表格。 The & lt; ban & gt; 1046 will be the sender of the button to be banned in the recipient list of users, and generates an editor is updated to reflect this prohibition list of users is prohibited user form.

8.3.3编辑联系人列表使用这个编辑联系人表格1050(图58)来编辑这个联系人列表。 8.3.3 Use this editor to edit the contact list Contact Form 1050 (Figure 58) to edit the contact list. 因为一个独立的联系人组的结构是与最顶层联系人列表的结构相同,所以使用相同的表格来编辑一个联系人组。 Because a separate contact group structure is the same structure and the topmost contact list, so use the same form to edit a contact group. 通过按下帮助页面上的这个<编辑联系人列表>按钮来获得这个表格。 By pressing on this help page & lt; Editing contact list & gt; button to get this form. 无论何时一个联系人被增加到这个联系人列表时,例如,当按下一个进入电子邮件1040上的这个<增加到联系人列表中>按钮1045来将这个发送者增加到联系人列表中时,也打印这个表格。 Whenever a contact is added to the contact list, for example, when pressing an enter this email 1040 & lt; added to the contact list & gt; button 1045 to be the sender to contact list When, also print the form.

在这个联系人列表表格上的每一个表目1051显示了关于这个联系人1052的名字,和从这个联系人发送来的电子邮件被保存在其中的当前电子邮件目录1053。 In this contact list for each table entry 1051 is displayed on the name of the contact 1052, and sent to the e-mail from this contact is stored in the directory 1053 in which the current email. 每一个表目具有一个选择框1054,它允许这个联系人可以被选择,每一个表目具有引出关于这个用户的一个信息页面(图60)的一个<信息>按钮1055,和允许与这个联系人相关的这个电子邮件目录可以通过设置电子邮件目录表格而被改变的一个<设置电子邮件目录>。 Each entry has a selection box 1054, which allows the contacts may be selected, each entry having a lead-out on the user an information page (FIG. 60) of a & lt; information & gt; button 1055, and allow this Contact This e-mail directory-related e-mail directory by setting the table was altered a & lt; & gt ;. Set email list

在这个表格底部的<删除被选择的>按钮1057删除从这个联系人列表中所选择的联系人(或者联系人组)。 At the bottom of this form of & lt; delete the selected & gt; button 1057 is deleted from the contact list of the selected contact (or groups of contacts). 在被删除的联系人被去除后,重新打印这个表格。 After being deleted contacts are removed and re-print this form.

在这个表格底部的<拷贝到组>和<移动到组>按钮1058,1059允许被选择的联系人可以通过这个拷贝联系人表格1060被拷贝到和移动到一特定组中。 At the bottom of this form of & lt; copied to group & gt; and & lt; move to the group & gt; buttons 1058,1059 allows the 1060 to be selected contact can be copied by the copy to form contacts and moves to a specific group.

这个联系人列表编辑用户接口流被显示在图57中。 The contact list edit user interface flow is shown in Figure 57.

这个拷贝(移动)联系人表格列表出了在这个用户的联系人列表中的所有组,每一个具有一个<拷贝到>(<移动到>)按钮,这个按钮是用于将被选择的联系人拷贝(移动)到规定的组。 This copy (mobile) contact table lists out all the groups in the contact list of users, each having a & lt; a copy of the & gt; (& lt; Move to & gt;) button that is used to be selected contact copy (move) to a predetermined group. 当一个<拷贝到>(<移动到>)按钮被按下时,一个编辑联系人表格被打印,它显示了目的组的被更新成员关系。 When a & lt; copies to & gt; (& lt; moved to & gt;) when the button is pressed, an edit contact form is printed, which shows the object of the group membership is updated.

这个<拷贝>(<移动>)联系人表格1060提供了带一个相关的<拷贝到新的>(<移动到新的>)按钮的一个<新组名字>字段。 A & lt button this & lt; copy & gt; (& lt; move & gt;) contacts table 1060 is provided with an associated & lt; copied to the new & gt; (& lt;; moving to a new & gt); new group name & gt ; field. 这允许一个新组可以被同时产生,并且也被选择作为拷贝或者移动的目的地。 This allows a new group can be produced simultaneously, and is also selected as the copying or moving destination.

这个设置电子邮件目录表格1070列表出了在这个用户的邮箱中的所有目录,每一个带一个<设置>按钮,该按钮将这个目录设置为这个联系人的电子邮件目录。 This set up an email form 1070 directory lists out all listings of this user's mailbox, each with a & lt; Settings & gt; button that this directory is set to the contact e-mail directory. 当按下了这个<设置>按钮时,就重新打印这个编辑联系人表格来反映与这个联系人相关的新目录。 When you press this & lt; Settings & gt; button, on the re-editing a contact print this form to reflect the new directory associated with this contact.

这个设置电子邮件目录表格1070提供了带一个相关的<设置新的>按钮的一个<新电子邮件目录名字>字段。 This setting provides email list form 1070 with an associated & lt; set new & gt; & lt a button; the new e-mail directory name & gt; field. 这允许一个新的目录同时被产生并且被选择作为这个联系人电子邮件的目录。 This allows a new directory is generated and simultaneously be selected as the contact e-mail directory. 这个新的目录具有一组相关的选择框,它们允许规定这个目录的电子邮件的发送选项。 This new directory has an associated set of selection box, send e-mail this directory options they allow provisions.

8.3.4全局用户目录因为这个全局用户目录(图21)很大,所以是通过一个标准的目录索引而进行导航的。 8.3.4 global user directory because the global user directory (Figure 21) is large, it is through a standard directory index and navigation. 通过按下帮助页面46上的<全局用户目录>来获得全局用户目录。 By pressing the Help page on & lt 46; global user directory & gt; to obtain a global user directory.

全局用户目录页面1130包括用户的一个字母列表,是用户的姓,名字的范围是这个页面所能够容纳的大小。 Global user directory page 1130 includes an alphabetical list of users, is the user's name, the name of the range is the size of the pages can be accommodated. 每一个表目具有3个相关的按钮。 Each entry has three associated button. 这个<信息>按钮产生一个用户信息页面1140(图60),<电子邮件>按钮产生发送到这个相应用户的一个往外发送电子邮件表格1020(图52和53),<增加到联系人列表中>按钮将这个用户增加到用户的联系人列表1050(图58)中并且打印被更新的联系人列表1050(图58)。 The & lt; Information & gt; button to generate a user information page 1140 (FIG. 60), & lt; email & gt; button to generate a transmit to the respective users an outwardly Email table 1020 (FIG. 52 and 53), & lt; increased contact list & gt; button to the user's contact list user 1050 (FIG. 58) and prints the updated contact list 1050 (FIG. 58).

这个全局用户目录页面1130也包括标准的网页目录索引导航按钮。 This global user directory page 1130 also includes a standard web catalog index navigation buttons.

这个全局用户目录用户接口流被显示在图59中。 This global user directory user interface flow is shown in Figure 59. 这个索引用户接口流和相关的页面布局如前面所描述的。 The index of the user interface and the associated page layout flow as described earlier.

这个用户信息页面1140(图60)包括在用户注册期间所提供的用户联系细节,并且这受用户私密性优选项的限制和处理。 This user information page 1140 (FIG. 60) includes a user during user registration provided contact details, and this restricted and processing user's privacy preferences. 它也包括<电子邮件>和<增加到联系人列表中>按钮1141,1142,它们的工作方式是一般的工作方式。 It also includes the & lt; email & gt; and & lt; added to the contact list & gt; button 1141, 1142, and their work is the general way of working.

如果这个用户信息页面是通过关于一个互联网联系人的联系人列表(与一个网页联系人不同)而被打印的,就仅包括这个<互联网电子邮件地址>字段1143。 If the user information page via the Internet on a contact's contact list (with a different contact page) are printed on only include the & lt; Internet e-mail address & gt; Field 1143.

8.3.5名片一个网页名片1150(图62)可以用于两个目的。 8.3.5 a web business card business cards 1150 (Figure 62) can be used for two purposes. 虽然它使用普通的方法来传送用户联系人的细节1151,它也用作一个电子邮件授权令牌。 Although it uses conventional methods to transmit 1151 user contact details, it is also used as an e-mail authorization token. 当这个卡的接收人按下了在这个卡上的<增加到联系人>的按钮1152时,这个卡的所有者就被使用普通的方法而增加到接收人的联系人列表中,但是,这个接收者也被增加到卡所有者的联系人列表中,并且这授权该接收者能够将电子邮件发送给卡所有者,如果卡所有者仅接收来自已知联系人的电子邮件的话。 When the recipient of this card is pressed on this card & lt; increased contacts & gt; button 1152 when the owner of the card was rather common way to use the recipient's contact list, but This receiver can also be added to the card owner's contact list, and it authorized the receiver to send e-mail to the owner of the card, if the card owner only receive e-mail from known contacts of words. 这个令牌允许该接收者被增加到卡所有者的联系人列表中的次数仅为1次。 This token allows the recipient to be added to the contact list in the number of card holders only 1 times.

这个卡包括一个<电子邮件>按钮1153,该按钮使用普通的方法产生向外发送到卡所有者的一个电子邮件。 The card includes a & lt; email & gt; button 1153, the button using ordinary methods have to send out an email to the card owner. 它也包括一个<信息>按钮1154,该按钮引出包括卡所有者的全部细节的一个用户信息页面1140(图60)。 It also includes a & lt; information & gt; button 1154, the button brings up a page of the user information included all of the details of the card owner 1140 (FIG. 60).

名片用户接口流被显示在图61中。 Card user interface flow is shown in Figure 61.

因为普通的网页打印机不支持名片纸张存货,所以网页名片是根据请求而被一个业务部门而提供的。 Because ordinary web printer does not support card stock paper, so the card is based on the page request is a business unit provided. 名片请求表格1160(图65)允许这个用户规定该名片上包括哪些联系人细节1161,一个可选的背景纹理1162,和所请求的卡的数目1163。 Business Card Request Form 1160 (Figure 65) allows the user to specify which contact details on the card, including 1161, the number of an optional background texture 1162, and requested the 1163 card. 这个表格也包括一个选择框1164,它允许这个用户规定这个卡是否可以用作一个电子邮件授权令牌。 This table also includes a selection box 1164, which allows the user to specify whether the card can be used as an e-mail authorization token. 一旦提交了这个请求,卡就被这个业务部门自动地打印,通过邮件被发送到用户的地址,并且从该用户的网页帐号中扣除很小的费用。 Once submitted this request, the business card to be automatically printed, is sent to the user via e-mail address, and a small fee deducted from the user's web account.

名片请求用户接口流被显示在图64中。 Card requesting user interface flow is shown in Figure 64.

当这个用户在该请求表格上选择了电子邮件授权令牌选择框后打印一个名片时,然后,卡1150(图62)被打印,并且带一个<增加到联系人>按钮1152,一个电子邮件授权令牌记录1155被产生,并且被链接到进行请求的用户(即,卡所有者)的记录800,如图63的类图所显示的。 When the user on the request form to select the e-mail after the authorization token selection box to print a business card, and then, the card 1150 (Figure 62) is printed, and with a & lt; increased contacts & gt; button 1152, an electronic 1155 records the mail authorization token is generated, and is linked to the requesting user (i.e., the card owner) of the record 800, the class diagram shown in FIG. 63. 每一个卡的令牌被给予一个唯一的令牌ID 1156,并且这个令牌ID被设置为该名片上的<增加到联系人>按钮的超级链接交易ID55(图29)。 Each card is given a unique token token ID 1156, and the token ID is provided on the card for the & lt; to contacts & gt; button hyperlink transaction ID55 (Fig. 29). 当一个令牌被该卡所有者将名片给他的一个用户兑换(redeem)时,通过该用户按下卡上的<增加到联系人>按钮,这个系统在这个令牌中记录下该令牌已经被兑换的事实,以避免它再被兑换。 When a token is that the card owner will give him a user card exchange (redeem) when, by the user pressing on the card & lt; increased contacts & gt; button, the system records the token in this Token exchange has been the fact that in order to avoid it again exchange. 这个令牌也具有一个失效日期,在这个失效日期后,它就不能够被兑换。 This token also has an expiration date, after the expiration date, it will not be able to be redeemed. 在将卡接收者增加到卡所有者联系人列表中以前,电子邮件系统检查令牌的兑换状态和失效日期。 Before the card to the recipient of the card owner contact list, exchange e-mail system to check the status of the token and the date of failure. 令牌ID 1156唯一地标识了一个相应的网页用户记录800,并且被用于更新卡接收者的联系人列表和卡所有者的联系人列表。 Token ID 1156 uniquely identifies a user record 800 corresponding web page and is used to update the card recipient's contact list contact list, and the card owner.

与在卡上的<电子邮件>按钮1153和<信息>按钮1154相关的超级链接交易ID被简单地设置成卡所有者的用户ID 60(图21),这允许电子邮件系统标识超级链接的目标。 And on the card & lt; email & gt; button 1153 and & lt; message & gt; button 1154 associated hyperlink transaction ID is simply set to the user ID 60 to the card owner (FIG. 21), which allows the electronic mail system identification target hyperlink.

8.3.6增加互联网联系人一个互联网电子邮件用户可以使用这个互联网联系人注册表格被增加到一个用户的联系人列表中。 8.3.6 An Internet e-mail contacts to increase Internet users can use the Internet to contact the registration form is a user's contact list. 因为一个互联网用户的其它方面是不被这个网页系统所知道的,所以除了规定互联网用户的电子邮件地址外,这个表格允许规定全名字细节。 Because other aspects of an Internet user is not known to the system on this page, so in addition to the provisions of the Internet user's email address, full name of this form allows the provisions of the details.

结束语已经参考一个优选实施方式和一些专用的替代实施方式描述了本发明。 Conclusion been described with reference to a preferred embodiment and some specific alternative embodiments describe the present invention. 但是,该相关领域内的技术人员将理解,一些与这些具体描述的实施方式不同的其它实施方式也可以在本发明的精神和范围内。 However, the skilled in the relevant art will appreciate that some of these specific embodiments described in various other embodiments may also be within the spirit and scope of the invention. 所以,应理解,本发明不局限于在本说明中所描述的具体实施方式,包括用作参考的合适文档。 Therefore, it should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the specific embodiments described in this specification, including the appropriate document as a reference. 本发明的范围仅局限于后附的权利要求书。 The scope of the claims of the present invention is limited only by the appended claims.

Classifications
International ClassificationB41J3/00, G09G5/00, G06F17/30, G06Q10/02, G06Q20/38, G06K19/06, G06K5/00, G06F13/00, H04L9/32, G06F3/048, G06F3/00, G06F3/03, G06Q99/00, G06F3/06, G06K15/02, B42D15/02, G08C21/00, G06F3/033, G06F3/12, G06F17/00
Cooperative ClassificationB41J13/12, G06K19/06037, B41J3/445, B42D15/02, G06Q10/10, G06Q20/3829, G06Q10/02
European ClassificationB42D15/02, G06Q20/3829, G06Q10/02, G06K19/06C3
Legal Events
DateCodeEventDescription
13 Nov 2002C06Publication
7 Nov 2007C14Grant of patent or utility model
6 Nov 2013C17Cessation of patent right